RELEASE_NOTES revision 110560
1			SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES
2      $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1340.2.100 2002/12/28 19:47:00 ca Exp $
3
4
5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7summary of the changes in that release.
8
98.12.7/8.12.7	2002/12/29
10	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
11		across various connections.  This could cause session
12		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
13		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
14		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
15	Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue.  The MSP
16		only needs to relay all mail to the MTA.  Problem found
17		by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
18	Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
19		characters in some logging statements.  Problem noted by
20		Erik Parker.
21	When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
22		EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
23		is used.
24	Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command.  Problem
25		noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
26	Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
27		file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
28		install time.  This fixes installation over NFS for some
29		users.  Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
30		Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
31	Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data.  Problem noted by
32		Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
33	Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
34		of 11 or higher.
35	Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
36		exiting.  Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
37	Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
38		of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
39		The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
40		to be run even if Runners=0.
41	Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
42		connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
43		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
44	Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
45		(/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
46	Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0.  Problem noted by
47		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
48	Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
49		rulesets.  Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
50	Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting.  Problem noted
51		by John Majikes of IBM.
52	Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
53		different processes.  Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
54	Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
55		times out during message collection.  Problem noted by Neil
56		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
57	Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
58		qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
59		Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
60	If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>".  Problem
61		noted by Matthias Andree.
62	Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
63		versions of tmac.  Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
64	Portability:
65		Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
66		Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
67			and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
68			an argument, hence the builtin version of
69			sendmail is used instead.  This can be overridden
70			by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0.  Problem noted by
71			Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
72		Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
73			of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
74		Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
75			of the TrustedBSD Project.
76		Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
77			system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
78		Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
79		Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
80			Corporation.
81		Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
82	CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
83		is used.  Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
84	CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
85		DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
86		Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
87	CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
88		to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
89		which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
90		::1 for IPv6).  If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
91		you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
92		in the file itself.
93	CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
94		error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
95		mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
96		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
97	CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
98	CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
99		relay.
100	CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
101		in access_db.
102	CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
103	LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
104		an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
105		Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
106	LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
107		Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
108		Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
109	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
110		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
111		Sun Microsystems.
112	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
113		fails.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
114	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
115		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
116		iDEFENSE, Inc.
117	New Files:
118		devtools/OS/Interix
119		include/sm/bdb.h
120
1218.12.6/8.12.6	2002/08/26
122	Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
123		returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
124		Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
125		and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
126		Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
127	Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
128		to interactive.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
129		Courtesan Consulting.
130	Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
131		even if some recipients are deleted or invalid.  Problem
132		found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
133	Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
134		from the SMTP client.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
135		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
136	Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
137		install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
138		confMSP_STFILE devtools variable.  Requested by Jeff
139		Earickson of Colby College.
140	Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
141		during a delivery attempt.  Patch from Todd C. Miller of
142		Courtesan Consulting.
143	Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
144		SMTP AUTH.  Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
145	Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
146		restart interrupted system calls.  Problem noted by Luiz
147		Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
148	Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
149		execve().
150	Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
151		cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
152		noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
153	If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
154		the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set.  This
155		allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
156		spammers without tipping them off.  Problem noted by Neil
157		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
158	If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
159		e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
160		supposed for addresses on the header content.
161	Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
162	Portability:
163		Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
164			copying of the variable argument va_list.  Based on
165			fix from Scott Walters.
166		Fix NSD map open bug.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
167		Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
168			list.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
169		Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
170			NETISO support has been dropped.
171	CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
172		to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
173		These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
174		being activated in check_relay.  This change has been made to
175		avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
176		"450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
177		record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled.  However, this
178		modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
179		is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
180		name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
181		such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored.  The original
182		change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
183		Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
184		Stefaan Van Hoornick.
185	CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
186		using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
187		Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
188		University.
189	CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
190		Fix from Andrzej Filip.
191	CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
192		(etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
193	LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
194		NULL pointer.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
195	LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls.  Based
196		on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
197		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
198	New Files:
199		contrib/etrn.0
200
2018.12.5/8.12.5	2002/06/25
202	SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
203		specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
204		file and a rogue DNS server is queried.  None of the
205		sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
206		they are not vulnerable.  Problem noted independently by
207		Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
208	Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
209		map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
210		with rogue DNS servers.
211	Require a suboption when setting the Milter option.  Problem noted
212		by Bryan Costales.
213	Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
214		DirectSubmissionModifiers.  Problem noted by Bryan
215		Costales.
216	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
217		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
218		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
219		Polytechnic Institute.
220	Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
221		file onto disk.  From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
222	Portability:
223		Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
224			to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
225			rmail and vacation.  Problem noted by Kevin
226			A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
227		NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again.  Unless
228			the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
229			8.13 will change the default locking method to
230			fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later.  You may
231			want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
232			-DHASFLOCK=0.  Be sure to update other sendmail
233			related programs to match locking techniques.
234
2358.12.4/8.12.4	2002/06/03
236	SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
237		can leave systems open to a local denial of service
238		attack.  Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
239		section of the top level README for more information.
240		Problem noted by lumpy.
241	Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
242		instead of 0644.
243	Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
244		from 0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
245		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
246	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
247		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
248		Purdue University.
249	Expand macros before passing them to libmilter.  Problem noted
250		by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
251		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
252	Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
253		replaces the body of a message.  Problem noted by Gisle Aas
254		of Active State.
255	Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
256		initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554.  Patches
257		from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
258	Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
259		inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
260		is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed.  Based on
261		patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
262	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
263		is rejected anyway.  Noted by Chris Loelke.
264	Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page.  Requested
265		by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
266	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
267		or the queue.
268	Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
269		user who started sendmail.
270	If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
271		the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space.  Suggested
272		by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
273	Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
274		if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
275		LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
276		are set.  Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
277		Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
278	Portability:
279		Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
280			be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
281			This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
282		Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
283			non-compliant.  Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
284			Charles University in Prague.
285		The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
286			memory.
287	CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
288		Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
289	CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
290		FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
291		to be misaddressed.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
292	CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
293		fail for AAAA queries.  Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
294	CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
295		the sender address.  This allows locally submitted mail to
296		be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
297		and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself.  Problem
298		noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
299	CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
300		macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used.  Problem
301		noted by Bryan Costales.
302	CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
303		matches are found.  Fix from Andrzej Filip.
304	CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message.  Suggested
305		by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
306	CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2.  Contributed by
307		Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
308	CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
309		match dnsbl change.
310	DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
311		confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
312		installing the sendmail statistics file.
313	LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
314		a user's filter starts other applications.
315	LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
316		functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
317	MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
318		0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
319		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
320	SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
321		Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
322	VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
323		bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses.  Problem
324		noted by Bryan Costales.
325	New Files:
326		cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
327
3288.12.3/8.12.3	2002/04/05
329	NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
330		are used.  In previous versions this could cause mail
331		not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
332		by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
333		into the right place.  Some precautions have been taken
334		to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
335		sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
336		may store the path of data files in queue files.  Hence
337		queue files should not be moved unless those internals
338		are understood and the integrity of the files is not
339		compromised.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
340		University.
341	If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
342		queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
343		to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
344		triggered.  Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
345		of INTERMETA.
346	Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
347		running queues.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
348	Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
349		Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
350	Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
351		read and write timeouts.  Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
352		ActiveState.
353	Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive.  Problem
354		noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
355	If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
356		the RunAsUser group.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
357		Northern Illinois University.
358	Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
359		contains a trailing slash.  Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
360		of Dinoex.
361	Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
362		4096).  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
363		Polytechnic Institute.
364	Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
365		if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
366		do not have a From: header.  Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
367	Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
368		will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
369		Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
370	Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
371		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
372	Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure.  Based on
373		patch from by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
374	Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
375		missing arguments.
376	Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
377		a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
378		Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
379	Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
380		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
381	Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
382		connect fails and DialDelay is set.  Patch from Servaas
383		Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
384	Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
385		a set-user-ID (non-root) program.  Problem noted by Jon
386		Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
387	Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
388		directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
389		which has an owner- alias.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett
390		of Concordia University.
391	Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified.  Problem
392		found by Mario Nigrovic.
393	The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
394		incoming messages.  A leading dot is always stripped by the
395		SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
396		another dot.  Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
397	Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
398		base64 encoding to 8-bit text.  Problem noted by Mark
399		Elvers.
400	Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
401		Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
402		of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
403		total number of TCP connections.
404	Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
405		non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
406		Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
407	Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
408		are used.  Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
409	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
410		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
411		Texas.
412	Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
413		to 451.
414	Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
415		only done in one place: queue group creation).  Based on
416		patch by Bryan Costales.
417	Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
418		timeouts.  Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
419	Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
420		responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
421		errors.  By doing so, the host was marked as having a
422		temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
423		queued for the next queue run.  Problem noted by Fletcher
424		Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
425		Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
426		and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
427	Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
428		which drop the connection instead of responding to the
429		command).
430	Portability:
431		Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
432			available.
433		Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X.  That platform
434			now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
435			settings.  Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
436			Skyrr.
437		Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin.  Problem
438			noted by John Beck.
439		Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
440		Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX.  From
441			Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
442	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
443		SMTP AUTH information.  This feature was actually added in
444		8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
445	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
446		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
447		error.
448	CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
449		FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain').  Problem noted by
450		Krzysztof Oledzki.
451	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
452		initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
453	CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
454		is in use.  Patch from Andrzej Filip.
455	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
456		`localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
457		This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
458		i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
459		it is embedded in square brackets.  Problem noted by
460		Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
461	CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
462		submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps.  This is a compromise
463		to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
464		default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
465		time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
466		user's $TZ setting.  Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
467		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
468		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
469	CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
470		binary.  Adjust local mailer flags accordingly.  Problem
471		noted by John Beck.
472	CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
473		if queue groups are used.
474	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
475	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
476	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
477		Suggested by Bryan Costales.
478	DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
479	LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
480		structure that is passed to xxfi_connect().  Notice:
481		this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
482		this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
483		values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
484		Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
485	LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
486		SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply.  Do the
487		same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
488	LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
489		required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
490		da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
491	LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define.  Set
492		this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
493		ldap_memfree().
494	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
495		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
496	SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems.  Problem
497		noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
498	VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases.  Based
499		on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
500		San Francisco.
501	VACATION: Don't ignore -C option.  Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
502	VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page.  Problem noted by
503		Joe Barbish.
504	New Files:
505		libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
506
5078.12.2/8.12.2	2002/01/13
508	Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
509		at startup, only log an error message.
510	Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
511		following -b) has been specified.
512	Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
513		permissions or owner of hoststatus files.  Problem noted
514		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
515	Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
516		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
517		Regensburg.
518	Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
519		SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
520		Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
521		Institute of Mining and Technology.
522	Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
523		chunk sent by a filter.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
524		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
525	In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
526		the message size calculation.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
527		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
528	Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
529		needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
530		Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
531	Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
532		commands are issued.  This makes it consistent with normal
533		SMTP connections.
534	Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections.  Problem noted by
535		William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
536		and Technology.
537	Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
538		message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
539		source route.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
540		Meteorological Institute.
541	Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
542		parsing.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
543		Online.
544	For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
545		that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
546		time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
547		and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
548		regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
549		types, respectively.
550	Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
551		exactly the same time.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
552		of Virginia Tech.
553	Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
554		alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
555		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
556	Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
557		Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
558	Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
559		process are closed.  Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
560	If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
561		directories.  Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
562		of Vienna.
563	Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks.  Patch from David Powell
564		of Sun Microsystems.
565	Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
566		This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
567		with servers that do not support realms when using
568		CRAM-MD5.  Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
569	Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
570		server gets stuck while processing that command.  Problem
571		noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
572	In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
573		command line invocations log them to make it simpler
574		to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
575	Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
576	Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
577		instead of forcing localhost.
578	Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
579		submit.cf.  Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
580	Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1.  Problem
581		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
582	If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
583		dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
584		sending commands.  This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
585		recipient status.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
586		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
587	Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
588		almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
589	New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC.  Requested by James Seagraves of
590		Compaq Computer Corp.
591	Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
592		properly.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
593		Tech.
594	Portability:
595		Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X.  Based on
596			patch provided by HP.
597		Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
598			working seteuid() call.  From Daniel J. Luke.
599		Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX.  From Ganu
600			Sachin of Siemens.
601		Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
602		Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11.  This
603			fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
604			characters to be written to the qf file.  Problem
605			noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
606		Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare.  Problem noted
607			by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
608		Add support for HP MPE/iX.  See sendmail/README for port
609			information.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
610		New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
611			USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK.  See sendmail/README
612			for more information.  From Mark Bixby of
613			Hewlett-Packard.
614		If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
615			(SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
616			From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
617		Add support for AIX 5.1.  From Valdis Kletnieks of
618			Virginia Tech.
619		Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP.  From Hisanori Gogota
620			of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
621		Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
622			Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
623	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
624		UUCP from the base operating system.  From Mark Murray of
625		FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
626	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
627		systems.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
628	CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
629		Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
630		Florida.
631	CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4.  Problem noted by
632		Altin Waldmann.
633	CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
634		confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp).  From Mark Bixby of
635		Hewlett-Packard.
636	LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
637		libmilter terminated.  Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
638		of MSFU.
639	LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
640		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
641		Institute.
642	LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX.  Patch from Larry Rosenman.
643	LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
644		to free memory twice.
645	LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
646		Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
647		of Sun Microsystems.
648	LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
649		terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
650		example code.  Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
651		University of Athens.
652	New Files:
653		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
654		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
655		cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
656		cf/ostype/mpeix.m4
657		devtools/OS/AIX.5.1
658		devtools/OS/MPE-iX
659		include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
660		libsm/mpeix.c
661
6628.12.1/8.12.1	2001/10/01
663	SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
664		to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
665		supplying bogus data.  Add configuration options for
666		different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid.  Problem
667		found by Michal Zalewski.
668	PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
669		privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
670		during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
671		used.  Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
672	Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
673		Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
674	Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
675		delivery.  LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
676		STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
677	If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
678		values for configuration file and pid file but also the
679		selected values.  Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
680	Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
681		errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
682		if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set.  Previously
683		this only applied to hostname canonification.  Problem
684		noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
685	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
686		canonical name for a host.
687	When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
688		line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.)  to mail submission
689		operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.).  Idea based on
690		suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
691	Portability:
692		AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
693			`uname` does not given complete information.
694			Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
695			Aircraft Company.
696		OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
697			Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
698		Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
699			integers.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
700			Courtesan Consulting.
701	CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
702		problems with potential misconfigurations.
703	CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount.  Problem
704		noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
705		Technology Organisation of Australia.
706	CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
707		of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
708		then use it.
709	LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by
710		Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
711	LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it.  Problem noted
712		by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
713	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
714		and vacation.
715	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
716		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
717		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
718	New Files:
719		test/Build
720		test/Makefile
721		test/Makefile.m4
722		test/README
723		test/t_dropgid.c
724		test/t_setgid.c
725	Deleted Files:
726		include/sm/stdio.h
727		include/sm/sysstat.h
728
7298.12.0/8.12.0	2001/09/08
730	*NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
731		set-user-ID root anymore.  You need to create a new user and
732		a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
733		default).  The installation process tries to install
734		/etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
735		default.  Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
736	SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
737		files.  These checks can be turned off if absolutely
738		necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
739		flags:
740			GroupWritableForwardFile
741			WorldWritableForwardFile
742			GroupWritableIncludeFile
743			WorldWritableIncludeFile
744		Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
745	SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode.  Suggested
746		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
747		(IdS).
748	Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
749		point where the variable could become overused for more than
750		one timeout concurrently.  This erroneous behavior resulted in
751		a corrupted stack causing a core dump.  The timeout is now
752		handled via libsm.  Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
753		John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
754	If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
755		checks (group ID of RunAsUser).  This allows use of a
756		set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
757		and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed.  For details
758		see sendmail/SECURITY.
759	Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
760		Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
761	If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
762		with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file.  See
763		sendmail/SECURITY.
764	New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
765		files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
766		sendmail binary.  See sendmail/SECURITY.
767	The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
768		-bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
769		is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible).  This selection
770		can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
771		file: client or mta).  See sendmail/SECURITY.
772	The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command.  The ONEX
773		command has been removed.
774	Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920.  It can be turned off
775		at compile time or per host (ruleset).
776	New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
777		used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
778		is "pw", which means to use getpwnam().  New mailbox database
779		types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
780	Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
781		long, to accomodate envelope splitting.  File systems with
782		a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
783		supported.
784	Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
785		hostsignature (character string version of MX RR).  This orders
786		recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
787		portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
788		list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking.  The
789		significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
790		list.  Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
791		creation rather than just before delivery.
792	Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking.  Previous
793		piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
794		piggybacking.  Rather than complete MX RR matching
795		(coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
796		preference matches (coattail).
797	If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
798		try other MX hosts if available.
799	DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
800		outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
801	New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
802		AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions).  Based
803		on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
804	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
805	A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
806		authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
807		Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
808		removed in future versions.
809	Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
810		requires 334.  Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
811	Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
812		for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).  See
813		doc/op/op.me for details.
814	Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
815		{cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
816		signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
817		of the presented certificate, respectively.
818	New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
819	New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
820		server per connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
821	New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
822		recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
823		enough on a per recipient basis.
824	New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
825		for STARTTLS.
826	If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
827		value "NOT".
828	New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
829		using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
830	Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
831		Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
832	Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
833		really required.  This change results in a noticable
834		performance gains on most machines.  Moreover, if shared
835		memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
836	Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
837		the same behavior together.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
838	If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
839		than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
840		are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
841		splitting.  If the mail is submitted directly from the
842		command line, then the value also limits the number of
843		processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
844		created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
845		by a queue run.
846	The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
847		system each queue directory resides in.
848	All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
849	New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
850	Add parallel queue runner code.  Allows multiple queue runners per work
851		group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
852		collected together) to process the same work list at the
853		same time.
854	Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
855		active queue runner processes.
856	New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
857		runners per queue group.
858	Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
859		the pattern to be negated.  For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
860		permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
861		of the queue that match during processing.
862	New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
863		periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
864		child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
865		runs.  A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
866		persistent queue runner.
867	The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
868		sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
869		sendmail -q15m).
870	New option NiceQueueRun	to set the priority of queue runners.
871		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
872	sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
873		unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
874	QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
875		several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
876	QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
877		of the qf file (older entries first).
878	Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
879		a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
880		should be delivered.  New option DeliverByMin added to set the
881		minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
882	Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
883		not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
884	Add support for a generic DNS map.  Based on a patch contributed
885		by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
886		work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
887		Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
888		Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
889	MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost.  To use the old
890		behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
891		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
892	Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
893		for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
894		via SharedMemoryKey.  This minimizes the number of system
895		calls to check the available space.  See doc/op/op.me for
896		details.
897	If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
898		the number of entries in the queue(s).
899	Enable generic mail filter API (milter).  See libmilter/README
900		and the usual documentation for details.
901	Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
902	Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
903		announced in 8.10.
904	Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR.  Use an MSA instead.
905	New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
906		an envelope sender or recipient address.  Suggested by
907		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
908	Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
909		-r (number of retries).
910	New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
911		separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
912		and value separated by the given separator.
913	Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
914		to map class arith.
915	If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
916		(errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
917	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
918		GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
919	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
920		requirements for files containing secret keys.  This is
921		necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
922	Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
923		filenames with spaces).
924	Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
925	Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
926		{if_name_out}	hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
927		{if_addr_out}	address of interface of outgoing connection.
928		{if_family_out}	family of interface of outgoing connection.
929		The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
930		to the loopback net.
931	Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
932	DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'.  Patch from
933		Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
934	New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
935		an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
936	New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
937		all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
938	Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
939		a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
940		BadRcptThrottle).  From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
941		Development Group.
942	New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
943		exceeds the specified value.  The default of 0 does not
944		change the previous behavior.  A value greater than 0
945		will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
946		SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
947		load average is exceeded.
948	Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
949		recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
950		This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
951		the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
952		Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
953	Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
954	Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
955	The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone.  Use [IPC]
956		instead.
957	IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
958		builtin mailer pathnames.  Use TCP instead.
959	PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
960		old libqiapi library.  Contributed by Mark Roth of the
961		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
962	New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
963		for direct (command line) submissions.
964	New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
965		case of failures.  Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
966		Hagino of the KAME Project.
967	Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
968		whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
969		Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
970	Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
971		STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
972		9 or higher.  Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
973		AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
974	Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
975		before logging.
976	Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
977		(at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
978	Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
979	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
980		in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
981		TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
982	Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
983		DSNs ("old id: new id: clone").  Suggested by Ulrich Windl
984		of the Universitat Regensburg.
985	Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
986		assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
987		exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
988		portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
989		package.  It will at some point replace libsmutil.
990		See libsm/index.html for details.
991	Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
992		care of by fork() and exit().
993	Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls.  Allows for
994		more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
995		new and old (from new libsm).
996	Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
997		('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
998	Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
999	New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
1000		together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
1001		synchronizations calls.
1002	Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
1003	T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
1004	When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
1005		too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
1006	sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
1007		See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
1008		for details.
1009	Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
1010		such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses.  The DSNs
1011		generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
1012		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
1013	Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
1014		mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
1015		SMTP dialogue.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1016	Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
1017		that do not have postmaster defined.  If an email was sent
1018		from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
1019		in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
1020		then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
1021		Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
1022		degli Studi dell'Insubria.
1023	The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
1024		i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
1025	Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
1026		higher.  Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
1027	New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA.  When
1028		attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
1029		will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
1030		lookups.  If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
1031		flag.  Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
1032		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
1033		Urbana-Champaign.
1034	Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}().  Problem
1035		noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
1036	ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
1037		to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
1038		connections.
1039	Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
1040		sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
1041		``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
1042		cf/README.
1043	Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command.  If
1044		the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
1045		'|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
1046		rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup.  This
1047		allows classes to be filled via a map lookup.  See op.me
1048		for more syntax information.  Specifically, this can be
1049		used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
1050		the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
1051		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
1052		example).
1053	The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
1054		the default schema used in the above two items.
1055	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
1056		warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
1057		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
1058	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
1059		if a program being run from a mailer or file class
1060		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
1061	Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
1062		hostnames.  Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
1063		(without quotes) will disable this and return to the
1064		pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
1065		Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
1066	In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
1067		HELO/EHLO commands.
1068	Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
1069		possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
1070		connections.  Restrictions placed on one family only affect
1071		outgoing connections on that particular family.  Because of
1072		this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
1073		connection is established.  Based on patch from Motonori
1074		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1075	PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
1076		when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
1077		nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
1078		forwards, or :include: files.  It also will override the -v
1079		(verbose) command line option.
1080	If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
1081		address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
1082		back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
1083		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1084	New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
1085		number of recipients).  Based on patch from Mark Roth of
1086		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1087	Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985.  The queue group
1088		can be specified using the '#' option character.  For
1089		example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
1090	If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
1091		current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
1092		servers.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
1093		British Columbia.
1094	Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
1095		because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
1096	The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
1097		replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
1098		and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
1099		if required.
1100	The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed.  Use the ldap map
1101		class instead.
1102	Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
1103		"IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For example,
1104		if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
1105		class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
1106	Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
1107		MTA is running.  For example, during a queue run.
1108	Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
1109		RES_USE_INET6 resolver option.  Based on patch from Rick
1110		Nelson of IBM.
1111	The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
1112		many "light weight" commands have been received are now
1113		configurable during compile time.  The current values and
1114		their defaults are:
1115		    MAXBADCOMMANDS	25	unknown commands
1116		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
1117		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
1118		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
1119		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
1120		Setting a value to 0 disables the check.  Patch from Bryan
1121		Costales of SL3D, Inc.
1122	The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
1123		${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
1124	Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
1125		in headers.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1126		Meteorological Institute.
1127	Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
1128		messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
1129		which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
1130	Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
1131		the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
1132		deliveries.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1133	New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
1134		file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
1135		if the meta-data in it has been changed.  This should be
1136		set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
1137		See sendmail/README for further information.
1138	Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
1139		sendmail is signaled to terminate.  Problem noted by
1140		Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
1141	Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
1142		envelope is initialized.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
1143		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1144	Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue.  Fix
1145		from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
1146	Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
1147		temporary errors.  Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
1148		flora.ca.
1149	Portability:
1150		Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
1151			filenames and is outdated anyway.  Suggested by
1152			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1153		Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
1154			i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
1155			of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
1156			optimization limit to 0 (unlimited).  Based on patch
1157			from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
1158			Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1159		Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
1160			Solaris 8 and later.
1161		Add support for OpenUNIX.
1162	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
1163	CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
1164	CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
1165	CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
1166	CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
1167		temporary lookup failures.
1168	CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
1169		action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
1170		or IP nets.
1171	CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
1172		relay address as long as the other part allows the email
1173		to get through.
1174	CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
1175		"%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
1176		entry like user+*@domain.  This allows handling of details by
1177		using %1%3 as the RHS.  Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
1178		introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
1179	CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
1180		and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
1181		section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
1182		after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
1183	CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
1184		(GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
1185		as canonical.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1186	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
1187		in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
1188		terminates check_* ruleset checking.
1189	CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
1190		tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
1191	CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
1192		STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
1193		cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
1194	CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
1195		options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
1196		specification of whole domains instead of just users.
1197		Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
1198		Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1199	CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
1200		cf/README for details.
1201	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
1202		the access map.  Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
1203		University of Maryland.
1204	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
1205		the local mailer.  Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
1206	CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
1207		messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
1208		map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
1209	CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
1210		to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
1211		Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
1212		Solving.
1213	CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
1214		options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
1215	CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
1216		the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
1217	CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
1218		immediately.
1219	CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
1220		allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
1221		See cf/README for details.
1222	CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
1223		temporary lookup failures.
1224	CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
1225		Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
1226	CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
1227		memory use.
1228	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
1229		of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
1230		string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
1231		in the access map.  Based on code contributed by Mathias
1232		Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
1233	CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
1234		file.  Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1235	CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
1236		via LMTP.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1237	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
1238		the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
1239	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
1240		+detail portion of the address when passing address to
1241		local delivery agent.  Disables alias and .forward +detail
1242		stripping.  Only use if LDA supports this.
1243	CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
1244	CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
1245		which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
1246		Routing lookups.  Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
1247		masquerade domain name for lookups.  See cf/README for
1248		additional details.
1249	CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1250		instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
1251		looked up has +detail information.  See cf/README for more
1252		information.
1253	CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
1254		up the new routing address/host in the mailertable.  Based
1255		on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
1256	CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
1257		is in use and the bounce option is enabled.  Only reject
1258		recipients as user unknown.
1259	CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
1260		features.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
1261		section of cf/README for more information.
1262	CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
1263		macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
1264		LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
1265	CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
1266		which takes the options as argument and can be used
1267		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
1268	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
1269		confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE		BadRcptThrottle
1270		confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS	DirectSubmissionModifiers
1271		confMAILBOX_DATABASE		MailboxDatabase
1272		confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN		MaxQueueChildren
1273		confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE	MaxRunnersPerQueue
1274		confNICE_QUEUE_RUN		NiceQueueRun
1275		confQUEUE_FILE_MODE		QueueFileMode
1276		confFAST_SPLIT			FastSplit
1277		confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS		TLSSrvOptions
1278		See above (and related documentation) for further information.
1279	CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
1280		confTO_ACONNECT		Timeout.aconnect
1281		confTO_AUTH		Timeout.auth
1282		confTO_LHLO		Timeout.lhlo
1283		confTO_STARTTLS		Timeout.starttls
1284	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
1285		confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS		InputMailFilters
1286		confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL		Milter.LogLevel
1287		confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT	Milter.macros.connect
1288		confMILTER_MACROS_HELO		Milter.macros.helo
1289		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM	Milter.macros.envfrom
1290		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT	Milter.macros.envrcpt
1291		Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
1292		MAIL_FILTER().  See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
1293		doc/op/op.me for details.
1294	CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
1295		See cf/README for details.  Based on patch by Motonori
1296		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1297	CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
1298		dequote map.
1299	CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
1300	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
1301		on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
1302	CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
1303		by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For
1304		example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
1305		2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
1306		to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
1307		This affects the access database as well as the
1308		relay-domains and local-host-names files.
1309	CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
1310	CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
1311	CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
1312		exceptions from a file.  Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
1313		Mississippi State University.
1314	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
1315		(LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
1316	CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
1317		which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
1318		Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1319	DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
1320		files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
1321		confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
1322	DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
1323		installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
1324		systems which don't include cat directories.
1325	EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
1326	MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
1327		local mail recipients.  New option -D mbdb specifies the
1328		mailbox database type.
1329	MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
1330		deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
1331		directory instead of the system mail spool area.  Based on
1332		patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
1333	MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
1334		doesn't truncate the statistics file.
1335	MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
1336		instead of white space.
1337	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
1338		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1339		Meteorological Institute.
1340	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
1341	VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
1342		auto-replied.  From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1343	VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
1344		instead of syslog.
1345	VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
1346		in the password file.  The -f and -m options must be used
1347		to specify the database and message file since there is no
1348		home directory for the default settings for these options.
1349	VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
1350		local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
1351		from the sendmail.cf file.  New option -C cffile which
1352		specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
1353	New Directories:
1354		libmilter/docs
1355	New Files:
1356		cf/cf/README
1357		cf/cf/submit.cf
1358		cf/cf/submit.mc
1359		cf/feature/authinfo.m4
1360		cf/feature/compat_check.m4
1361		cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
1362		cf/feature/msp.m4
1363		cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
1364		cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
1365		cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
1366		cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
1367		cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
1368		cf/sendmail.schema
1369		contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
1370		devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
1371		devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
1372		editmap/*
1373		include/sm/*
1374		libsm/*
1375		libsmutil/cf.c
1376		libsmutil/err.c
1377		sendmail/SECURITY
1378		sendmail/TUNING
1379		sendmail/bf.c
1380		sendmail/bf.h
1381		sendmail/sasl.c
1382		sendmail/sm_resolve.c
1383		sendmail/sm_resolve.h
1384		sendmail/tls.c
1385	Deleted Files:
1386		cf/feature/rbl.m4
1387		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
1388		devtools/OS/AIX.2
1389		include/sendmail/cdefs.h
1390		include/sendmail/errstring.h
1391		include/sendmail/useful.h
1392		libsmutil/errstring.c
1393		sendmail/bf_portable.c
1394		sendmail/bf_portable.h
1395		sendmail/bf_torek.c
1396		sendmail/bf_torek.h
1397		sendmail/clock.c
1398	Renamed Files:
1399		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
1400		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
1401		cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
1402
14038.11.6/8.11.6	2001/08/20
1404	SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
1405		out-of-bounds debug parameters.  Problem detected by
1406		Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
1407	Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs.  This could
1408		happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
1409		scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
1410		is reached such that several DSNs are sent next.  Problem
1411		noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
1412	Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
1413		wildcard operators in a rule.  Problem detected by
1414		Werner Wiethege.
1415	Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups.  Problem
1416		noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
1417
14188.11.5/8.11.5	2001/07/31
1419	Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
1420		the daemon.  This could terminate the current process without
1421		starting a new daemon.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
1422		of SE Netway Communications.
1423	Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
1424		the command line.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1425	When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
1426		which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
1427		to looking up only IPv4 addresses.  Problem noted by Tim
1428		Bosserman of EarthLink.
1429	When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
1430		Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
1431	Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
1432		IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
1433		forged".  Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
1434		University College.
1435	Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM.  Problem noted by
1436		Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
1437	Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
1438		out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
1439		Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
1440		"header".  Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
1441		University at Albany.
1442	Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
1443		noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
1444	Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
1445		their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
1446		Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
1447		to 2 days.  Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
1448	Portability:
1449		BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation.  Problem
1450			noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
1451		BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
1452			Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
1453		BSD/OS has fchown(2).  Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
1454			2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
1455		Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3).  From Sebastian
1456			Hagedorn of Cologne University.
1457	CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
1458		(user@[IPv6:address]).  Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
1459
14608.11.4/8.11.4	2001/05/28
1461	Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
1462		corruption and other potential race conditions.
1463		Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
1464		instantaneous due to this change.  Also, non-root users can
1465		no longer send out-of-band signals.  Problem reported by
1466		Michal Zalewski of BindView.
1467	If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
1468		encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
1469		strength.  Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
1470	If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
1471		different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
1472		recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
1473	Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3.  Patch
1474		from Kenji Miyake.
1475	This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
1476		QueueDirectory wildcards.
1477	If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
1478		the same map again while exiting.
1479	Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
1480		LMTP).  Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
1481		of Tuebingen.
1482	If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
1483		to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
1484		message would be lost.  Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
1485		Oklahoma State University.
1486	Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
1487		and prog map types.  Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
1488		InTouch Systems, Inc.
1489	When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
1490		other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
1491		to the LDAP server.  Patch from Victor Duchovni of
1492		Morgan Stanley.
1493	To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
1494		.pag file instead of the .dir file.  Problem noted by Neil
1495		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1496	Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent.  Patch
1497		from Werner Wiethege.
1498	If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
1499		with the family set in that option.  Patch from Sean Farley.
1500	Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
1501		when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
1502		recipient list.  Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
1503		Internet Services.
1504	Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces.  Problem noticed by Ulrich
1505		Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
1506	Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces.  Problem noticed by
1507		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1508	Portability:
1509		OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
1510	CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
1511		to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
1512	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
1513	DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
1514		file name argument.  Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1515		Meteorological Institute.
1516	DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
1517		since it generates random process ids.
1518	PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
1519		of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
1520		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1521	New Files:
1522		cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
1523
15248.11.3/8.11.3	2001/02/27
1525	Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
1526		LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
1527		option was used.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
1528		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1529	Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
1530		could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
1531		Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
1532		communications consulting gmbh.
1533	Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
1534		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1535	Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
1536		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
1537		connection came in from the command line.
1538	Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
1539		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set.  Patch from
1540		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1541	Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
1542		check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
1543	Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
1544		when they were committed.
1545	Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
1546		Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
1547	Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
1548		to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
1549		cause some rulesets to return wrong results.  This would
1550		usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
1551	Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
1552		equate.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
1553		University.
1554	Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
1555		fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
1556		accept() completes.
1557	Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
1558		opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
1559	Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
1560		in a queue run.  Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
1561		Wellcome.
1562	If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
1563		note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
1564		"Deferred".  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
1565		University.
1566	If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
1567		qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
1568		hostname.  Problem noted by David Bremner of the
1569		University of New Brunswick.
1570	Portability:
1571		Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
1572			is in use.  Problem noted by Auteria Wally
1573			Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
1574		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
1575			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1576		OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3).  OpenBSD 2.8 and
1577			higher has BSDI-style login classes.  Patch from
1578			Todd C.  Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1579		Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
1580			sendmail is being compiled with -kthread.  Problem
1581			noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
1582	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
1583		current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
1584	DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
1585		Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
1586	MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
1587		storing the temporary message file until after the remote
1588		side has sent the final DATA termination dot.  Problem
1589		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
1590		Institute.
1591	MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
1592		are also specified on the command line.  Patch from
1593		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1594	PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
1595		database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
1596	Renamed Files:
1597		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
1598
15998.11.2/8.11.2	2000/12/29
1600	Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
1601		address test mode due to a negative array index.  Audit
1602		other array indexing.  This bug is not believed to be
1603		exploitable.  Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
1604		Schools" project (IdS).
1605	Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
1606		address test mode.  This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
1607		be enabled by compiling with:
1608		APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
1609		in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.  Suggested by
1610		Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
1611	Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
1612		caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
1613	When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
1614		enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
1615		sort sub-optimal.  Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
1616		Colby College.
1617	Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
1618		RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
1619	Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
1620		This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
1621		a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
1622		mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
1623	Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
1624		a cached connection.  Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
1625		NxNetworks, Inc.
1626	Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
1627		client name.
1628	Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
1629		MaxMimeHeaderLength problems.  Requested by Ulrich Windl of
1630		the Universitat Regensburg.
1631	Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
1632		DeliveryMode queue.  Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
1633		University of Arizona.
1634	Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag.  Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
1635		of Collective Technologies.
1636	Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
1637		to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
1638		Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
1639		Engineering.
1640	Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
1641		definition.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1642		Meteorological Institute.
1643	Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
1644		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1645	Fix return values for IRIX nsd map.  From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1646		Meteorological Institute.
1647	Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions.  Read all
1648		of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
1649		interpret Addr= and Port=.  Problem noted by Valdis
1650		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1651	When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
1652		initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
1653		Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
1654	RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
1655		created.  Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
1656		close.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1657	Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
1658		overall connections, not the number of connections per
1659		socket.  A future version may change this to per socket
1660		counting.
1661	Portability:
1662		Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
1663			where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t).  Problem
1664			noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
1665		Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
1666			whatis.  From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
1667		UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support.  From Larry
1668			Rosenman.
1669		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
1670			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1671		Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
1672			Solaris 2.5 or earlier.  Problem noted by Bob Hughes
1673			of Pacific Access.
1674		Add preliminary support for AIX 5.  Contributed by
1675			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1676		Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
1677			Microsystems.
1678	CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
1679		is used.  Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
1680		patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1681	CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
1682		FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
1683	CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
1684		implicitly assume canonical host names.
1685	CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db.  Based on
1686		patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1687	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
1688		Virginia Tech.
1689	CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
1690		instead of making it worse.  Problem noted by Motonori
1691		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1692	CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
1693	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error.  Problem noted
1694		by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
1695		gmbh.
1696	CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them.  From Mark
1697		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1698	DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
1699		variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
1700		namespace collisions.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
1701		of Kyoto University.
1702	RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail.  It
1703		causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
1704		installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
1705		another MTA.  The change will re-appear in a future
1706		version.
1707	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
1708		and SunOS 5.8.  Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
1709		College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1710	VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
1711	VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
1712		or *-owner.
1713	New Files:
1714		cf/ostype/aix5.m4
1715		contrib/buildvirtuser
1716		devtools/OS/AIX.5.0
1717
17188.11.1/8.11.1	2000/09/27
1719	Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
1720		name.  Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1721	Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
1722		seeded.  This problem only occurs on systems without
1723		/dev/urandom.  Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
1724		digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
1725		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1726	Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
1727		wildcards.
1728	Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
1729		process may close the connection before the child process
1730		has completed.  Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
1731		Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
1732		Hottgenroth of UUNET.
1733	Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
1734		read the LDAP secret from a file.
1735	Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
1736		the user submits the message and before the first delivery
1737		attempt completes.  Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
1738		Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1739	Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
1740		greater than 2^31.  Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
1741		of EarthLink.
1742	Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
1743	Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
1744		non-existent instead of treating it as /.  Problem noted by
1745		Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1746	Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item.  Problem
1747		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1748	Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
1749		save rejected email anywhere".  Problem noted by Marc G.
1750		Fournier of Acadia University.
1751	If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
1752		the map so subsequent searches reopen the map.  If there are
1753		multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
1754		one of the others may be able to take over.
1755	Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
1756		previous load average query result.
1757	If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
1758		return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
1759		instead of ignoring the map.  Problem noted by Allan E
1760		Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1761	Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
1762		the split envelopes before the original envelope.
1763	Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
1764		defer if the PH server could not be contacted.  From Mark
1765		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1766	Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
1767		ETRN.  Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
1768	Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
1769		RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869.  Problem
1770		reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
1771	Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS.  Problem
1772		noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
1773	Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
1774		client libraries.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
1775		University of British Columbia.
1776	Portability:
1777		Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
1778			instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
1779			override the setting.  Suggested by
1780			Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
1781		On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
1782			/usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation.  From
1783			Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
1784		On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
1785			does not exist).  From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
1786			College.
1787		Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x.  From
1788			Tom Moore of NCR.
1789		NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man.  From
1790			Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
1791		Solaris 8 and later include /var/run.  The default PID file
1792			location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid.  From John
1793			Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1794		SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
1795			which do not.  From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
1796			Consulting.
1797	CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
1798		Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
1799	CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
1800		errors in the MAIL address.
1801	CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files.  Problem
1802		noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
1803	CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
1804		Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1805	CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
1806		GECOS information for an address.  This more closely
1807		matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior.  From Per Hedeland of
1808		Ericsson.
1809	CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
1810		SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
1811		mailer as described in cf/README.
1812	MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
1813		are obeyed.  Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
1814	MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
1815		makemap to 'unmake' the map.
1816	RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
1817		sendmail.
1818	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
1819		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1820		Meteorological Institute.
1821	VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
1822	VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
1823		dot as the only character on the line.
1824	New Files:
1825		cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
1826
18278.11.0/8.11.0	2000/07/19
1828	SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
1829		(not the normal case), some operating systems will still
1830		keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
1831		to drop all of its privileges.  If sendmail needs to drop
1832		these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
1833		saved-uid as well, exit with an error.  Problem noted by
1834		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1835	SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
1836		it populates.  It is possible that some broken
1837		implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
1838		Systems in this category should compile with
1839		-DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1.  Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
1840		system and report broken implementations to
1841		sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor.  Problem
1842		noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
1843	Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
1844		Implementation influenced by the example programs of
1845		OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
1846	Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
1847		ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
1848		ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile.  These are documented in
1849		cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
1850	New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
1851		${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
1852		${server_name}, and ${server_addr}.  These are documented
1853		in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
1854	Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
1855		random data.
1856	New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
1857		don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
1858		try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
1859	Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
1860		support encryption.  Based on code contributed by Tim
1861		Martin of CMU.
1862	Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
1863		strength factor.
1864	LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
1865		(delimiter) flag was not given.  Problem noted by ST Wong of
1866		the Chinese University of Hong Kong.  Fix from Mark Adamson
1867		of CMU.
1868	Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
1869		ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
1870		Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
1871	Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions.  As
1872		documented, unless a family is specified in a
1873		DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default.  It is
1874		also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
1875		Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
1876		by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
1877		they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces.  Problem noted
1878		by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1879	Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
1880		the interface information for an outgoing connection.
1881		Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
1882		family and address used in subsequent connections if the
1883		M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions.  Problem noted
1884		by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1885	If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
1886		family based on the IP address.  ${if_family} is no longer
1887		persistent (i.e., saved in qf files).  Patch from John Beck
1888		of Sun Microsystems.
1889	sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
1890		macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
1891		the outgoing interface address/family.  In order for M=b
1892		modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
1893		the incoming information in the queue file for later
1894		delivery attempts.
1895	Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
1896		responses to commands.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
1897		smoe.org.
1898	Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
1899		to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc().  Problem
1900		noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1901	The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
1902		Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
1903	Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
1904		but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
1905		delivered when it really should have been queued.  Problem
1906		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1907	Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
1908		the SMTP transaction out of sync.  Problem noted by Per
1909		Hedeland of Ericsson.
1910	Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
1911		is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
1912		between sfio and stdio.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert
1913		of Northern Illinois University.
1914	Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log.  Problem
1915		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1916	Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
1917		to kilobyte units.
1918	If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
1919		looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
1920		attempt.  Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
1921		Polytechnic.
1922	Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
1923		as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
1924		queue file and persistent host status.  Problem noted by
1925		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1926	Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
1927		within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
1928		Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1929	Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
1930		sender.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1931	If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
1932		abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
1933		states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
1934	Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
1935		restrictive.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
1936		G. Thomas Consulting.
1937	Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
1938		port number (113).
1939	Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
1940		Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
1941	Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
1942		host portions (or there are no recipients).  Problem noted
1943		by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1944	If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
1945		only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
1946		it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
1947		other maps.  Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
1948	Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
1949		authentication.  Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
1950		University of Mainz.
1951	Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
1952		via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
1953	Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile.  Omission
1954		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
1955	Portability:
1956		Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
1957			'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others).  From Jun
1958			Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
1959		Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
1960		NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
1961			work properly causing problems if the accept()
1962			fails and the socket needs to be reopened.  Patch
1963			from Tom Moore of NCR.
1964		NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages.  From
1965			Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
1966		Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
1967			for calls to getipnodebyname().  The Linux
1968			implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
1969			under Linux.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
1970			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
1971	CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
1972		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1973	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
1974		confCACERT_PATH			CACERTPath
1975		confCACERT			CACERTFile
1976		confCLIENT_CERT			ClientCertFile
1977		confCLIENT_KEY			ClientKeyFile
1978		confDH_PARAMETERS		DHParameters
1979		confRAND_FILE			RandFile
1980		confSERVER_CERT			ServerCertFile
1981		confSERVER_KEY			ServerKeyFile
1982	CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
1983		tags to the access database to support these policies.  See
1984		cf/README for more information.
1985	CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
1986	CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
1987		called due to a STARTTLS command.
1988	CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
1989		instead of temporary.
1990	CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
1991		the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
1992		tag.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
1993		Consulting.
1994	CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
1995		OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux').  From Tim Pierce of
1996		RootsWeb.com.
1997	CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
1998		forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
1999		possible.  Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
2000		University of Maryland.
2001	CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users.  From
2002		Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
2003	CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
2004		ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
2005		ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
2006		underscore is in OperatorChars.  Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
2007		of the University of Alberta.
2008	CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
2009		Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
2010	CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
2011	CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
2012		of X.509 certificates.
2013	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl:  More protection from special characters;
2014		treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
2015		GECOS full name and username match.  From Ulrich Windl of the
2016		Universitat Regensburg.
2017	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
2018		typo.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2019	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
2020		and sendmail.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2021	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
2022		subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2023	CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
2024		calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
2025		script for movemail.pl).  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2026	CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
2027		makemap).  From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
2028	DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
2029		extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
2030		target.  Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
2031		University.
2032	DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
2033	DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
2034		links.
2035	LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
2036		reported.
2037	MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability.  Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
2038		Denman Tire Corporation.
2039	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
2040		-DCONTENTLENGTH.  Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
2041	MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
2042	MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
2043		and -man on Solaris 7.  Patch from Larry Williamson.
2044	RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf().  Problem noted by David Hayes of
2045		Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
2046	RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
2047		have a From line.
2048	VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
2049		to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
2050	Added Files:
2051		cf/ostype/darwin.m4
2052		contrib/cidrexpand
2053		contrib/link_hash.sh
2054		contrib/movemail.conf
2055		contrib/movemail.pl
2056		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
2057		test/t_snprintf.c
2058
20598.10.2/8.10.2	2000/06/07
2060	SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
2061		On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
2062		the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
2063		process to drop its privileges.  Problem noted by Wojciech
2064		Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
2065	SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
2066		initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
2067	Added Files:
2068		test/t_setuid.c
2069
20708.10.1/8.10.1	2000/04/06
2071	SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
2072		Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
2073		AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage.  We do not
2074		recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
2075		password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers.  See
2076		cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
2077	Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
2078		OSs.  Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
2079	Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
2080	Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
2081		greater than sendmail binary supported version.  Patch
2082		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2083	Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
2084		a segmentation fault when using address test mode.  Based on
2085		patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2086	Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3).  Problem
2087		noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
2088	Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
2089	Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
2090		or higher.
2091	Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
2092		exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
2093	Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
2094	Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
2095		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2096		Polytechnic Institute.
2097	Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
2098		discards the message.
2099	Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
2100		when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
2101		attempted to the alias.
2102	Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
2103		flag options.
2104	Portability:
2105		SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
2106			AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
2107			linker semantics.  AIX 4.X users should consult
2108			sendmail/README for further information.  Problem
2109			noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2110		Avoid use of strerror(3) call.  Problem noted by Charles
2111			Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
2112		DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
2113			program.  From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
2114		HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
2115		Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
2116			from J. P. McCann of E I A.
2117		Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
2118			Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
2119			Services, LLC.
2120		Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
2121			strlc{at,py}(3) functions.  From Todd C. Miller of
2122			Courtesan Consulting.
2123		SINIX doesn't have random(3).  From Gerald Rinske of
2124			Siemens Business Services.
2125	CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
2126		include the sender address.  Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
2127		of WSRCC.
2128	CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
2129	CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
2130		to be backward compatible with 8.9.
2131	CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
2132		to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
2133	CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
2134	DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored.  Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
2135		of NEC.
2136	DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
2137		(i486).  From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
2138	DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
2139		libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
2140		overloaded -L option.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
2141		Virginia Tech.
2142	DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
2143		confNROFF.  Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
2144		University.
2145	DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
2146		for other internal projects but included in the open source
2147		release.
2148	LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
2149		map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
2150		This fixes makemap when building the userdb file.  Problem
2151		noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
2152	LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
2153		it doesn't already exist.  Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
2154		Sendmail.
2155	LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
2156		available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails.  This
2157		fixes praliases.  Patch	from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2158	LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
2159		as SFF_NOWRFILES.
2160	OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags.  Suggested by
2161		Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
2162		Northern Illinois University.
2163	PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
2164		particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
2165		command line.  Man page updated accordingly.  Patch from
2166		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2167	VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
2168		Polytechnique de Montreal.
2169	VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
2170		compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
2171		Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
2172	Added Files:
2173		devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
2174		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
2175	Deleted Files:
2176		contrib/converting.sun.configs
2177	Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
2178		doc/intro
2179		doc/usenix
2180		doc/changes
2181
21828.10.0/8.10.0	2000/03/01
2183	    *************************************************************
2184	    * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered	*
2185	    * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team.	*
2186	    * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering	*
2187	    * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment	*
2188	    * of this release.  It was her vision, dedication, and	*
2189	    * support that has made this release a success.  Julie died	*
2190	    * on October 26, 1999 of cancer.  We have lost a leader, a	*
2191	    * coach, and a friend.					*
2192	    *								*
2193	    * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy,	*
2194	    * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us.	*
2195	    * Julie, we miss you!					*
2196	    *************************************************************
2197	SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
2198		links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
2199		to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
2200		symbolic link target.
2201	SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
2202		the alias map.  Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
2203		"Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2204	SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
2205		the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
2206		sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
2207		(leaving it in an inconsistent state).  This option and
2208		its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
2209		version of sendmail.
2210	SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
2211		stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail.  Problem noted
2212		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
2213		(IdS).
2214	Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This affects
2215		a large number of files.  See cf/README for more details.
2216	The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
2217		for easier code sharing among the programs.
2218	Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554).  New macros for this purpose
2219		are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
2220		which hold the client's authentication credentials,
2221		the mechanism used for authentication, and the
2222		authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
2223		supplied).  Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
2224	On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
2225		distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
2226		file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
2227		disk.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2228	New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
2229		memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
2230		used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2231	New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
2232		memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
2233		file is used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2234	sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
2235		now listen on several different ports.  Use:
2236		O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
2237		to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
2238		on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
2239		off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
2240	The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated.  Mail user agents should
2241		begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
2242		message submission.  XUSR may disappear from a future release.
2243	The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
2244		indicates that the message being submitted from the command
2245		line is for relaying, not initial submission.  This means
2246		the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
2247		qualified and no canonicalization will be done.  Future
2248		releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
2249	The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
2250		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
2251		Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
2252		this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
2253	The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
2254		from the command line is an initial user submission and act
2255		accordingly.
2256	If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
2257		program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
2258		address is marked as unsafe.  This means if RunAsUser is
2259		set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
2260		files in their .forward files.  Administrators can override
2261		this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
2262		setting NonRootSafeAddr.
2263	Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
2264		on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
2265		TrustStickyBit.  Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
2266		InCert Software.
2267	Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
2268		files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
2269		set in the DontBlameSendmail option.  Requested by many.
2270	New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
2271		a control socket request.
2272	New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
2273		settings:
2274		Timeout.resolver.retrans
2275			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2276			seconds).  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
2277			and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
2278		Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
2279			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2280			seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
2281		Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
2282			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2283			seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
2284			delivery attempt.
2285		Timeout.resolver.retry
2286			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2287			query.  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
2288			and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
2289		Timeout.resolver.retry.first
2290			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2291			query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
2292		Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
2293			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2294			query for all resolver lookups except the first
2295			delivery attempt.
2296		Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2297	Support multiple queue directories.  To use multiple queues, supply
2298		a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk.  For
2299		example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
2300		directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
2301		'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories.  Keep in
2302		mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
2303		while sendmail is running.  Queue runs create a separate
2304		process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
2305		given on a non-daemon queue run.  New items are randomly
2306		assigned to a queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2307	Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
2308		subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
2309		exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
2310		corresponding queue files.  Keep in mind, the queue
2311		directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
2312		running.  Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
2313		Telecommunications Ltd.
2314	New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
2315		unique for 60 years.  This allows queue IDs to be assigned
2316		without fancy file system locking.  Queued items can be
2317		moved between queues easily.  Contributed by Exactis.com,
2318		Inc.
2319	Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
2320		(e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
2321		set.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2322	New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
2323		syslog.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2324	QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename.  This
2325		avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
2326		to run the queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2327	Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
2328		donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
2329	The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
2330	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
2331		QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
2332		being added.  Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
2333	IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
2334		University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
2335		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2336	In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
2337		connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
2338		Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
2339		Ltd.
2340	The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
2341		on systems which support them.  This can be used with LMTP
2342		local delivery agents which listen on a named socket.  An
2343		example mailer might be:
2344			Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
2345				S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
2346				A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
2347		Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
2348	The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated.  Use [IPC]
2349		instead.
2350	The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
2351		legitimate value.  Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
2352		connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
2353		version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
2354	PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
2355		flags.
2356	PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
2357		body of the original message on delivery status
2358		notifications.
2359	Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set.  Problem noted
2360		by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
2361	Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
2362		Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset.  Problem noted by
2363		Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
2364	Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times.  OperatorChars should
2365		not be set after rulesets are defined.  Suggested by
2366		Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
2367	Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files.  In
2368		interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
2369		responses after the DATA command.  Problem noted by
2370		Nik Conwell of Boston University.
2371	Check file close when mailing to files.  Problem noted by Nik
2372		Conwell of Boston University.
2373	Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map.  Patch from
2374		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
2375	Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
2376		ldap_open() or ldap_init().  Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
2377		@Home Network.
2378	New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
2379		parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted.  See SMTP
2380		AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
2381	Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
2382		check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
2383		similar to check_rcpt etc.
2384	Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
2385		${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
2386		the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
2387		the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
2388		From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2389	New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
2390		call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP.  Proposed
2391		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2392	New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
2393		the corresponding DSN parameter values.  Proposed by
2394		Mathias Herberts.
2395	New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
2396		i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
2397		before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
2398		the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
2399		in check_compat).
2400	The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
2401		sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
2402		option.
2403	New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
2404	Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
2405		a local address.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2406	Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
2407		Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
2408	Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
2409	New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
2410		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
2411	Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
2412		is set.
2413	Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
2414		for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
2415	Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
2416		This flag is set by default for the host map.  Based on a
2417		proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
2418	Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
2419	Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
2420	New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
2421		of the sum of all headers.  This can be used to prevent
2422		a denial-of-service attack.
2423	New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
2424		headers and parameters within those headers.  This option
2425		is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
2426		overflow attacks.
2427	Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
2428		alias recursion.
2429	New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
2430	Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
2431	Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
2432		directly before the newline.
2433	New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
2434		dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
2435		/usr/tmp/dead.letter.  If this option is not set (the
2436		default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
2437		system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
2438		to the user nor postmaster.  Instead, it will rename the qf
2439		file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
2440		could not be opened.
2441	New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file.  The
2442		value of this option is macro expanded.
2443	New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
2444		process title shown in 'ps' listings.
2445	New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
2446		(along with the already existing macros):
2447		${daemon_info}      Daemon information, e.g.
2448		                    SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
2449		${daemon_addr}	    Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
2450		${daemon_family}    Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
2451		${daemon_name}      Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
2452		${daemon_port}	    Daemon port, e.g., 25
2453		${queue_interval}   Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
2454	New macros especially for virtual hosting:
2455		${if_name}	hostname of interface of incoming connection.
2456		${if_addr}	address of interface of incoming connection.
2457		The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
2458		loopback net.
2459	If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
2460		would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
2461		Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
2462	Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
2463		Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
2464		${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME).  Suggested by
2465		Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
2466		The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
2467	H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks.  This
2468		ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
2469		not have its own ruleset assigned.  Suggested by Jan
2470		Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
2471		The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
2472	Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
2473		removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
2474		to 9.  For example, "R$+ ( 1 )		$@ 1" matches the
2475		input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
2476	Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
2477		MIME messages.  Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
2478		Multimedia Consumer Services.  Fix from Per Hedeland of
2479		Ericsson.
2480	Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
2481		messages with 8-bit text in headers.  Problem noted by
2482		Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College.  Fix from Per Hedeland
2483		of Ericsson.
2484	Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
2485		modified database map file.  Problem noted by Chris Adams
2486		of Renaissance Internet Services.
2487	Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
2488		$#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
2489		queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
2490	Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
2491		standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
2492		something other than 250 is received.  Based on a patch
2493		from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
2494	New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
2495		important files instead of root.  This requires HASFCHOWN.
2496	Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
2497		setting USERDB=0 works.  Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
2498	Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
2499		being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
2500		really went wrong.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2501	$? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
2502	Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
2503		equate name.
2504	New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
2505		executing the mailer program.  Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
2506	New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
2507		mailer to return after sending all data to it.
2508	Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
2509		into a previously filled slot.  Previously, the memory was
2510		freed at removal time.  Since removal can happen in a
2511		signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
2512		inconsistent state.  Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
2513		David Cooley of Colby College.
2514	When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
2515		local users in the passwd file.  The UserDB code has
2516		already decided the message will be passed to another host
2517		for processing.  Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
2518		Buckeridge Young Limited.
2519	Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
2520		password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
2521		'-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'.  The
2522		distinguished_name is who to login as.  The method can be
2523		one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
2524		LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  The filename is the file containing the
2525		secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
2526		ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  Patch from Booker Bense
2527		of Stanford University.
2528	The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap.  The use of ldapx is
2529		deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
2530	If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
2531		and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
2532		response into a delimiter separated string.  The LDAP map
2533		will traverse multiple entries as well.  LDAP alias maps
2534		automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
2535		Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
2536		idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
2537	Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup.  The
2538		values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
2539		For example, `-v "email,emailother"'.  Patch from
2540		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
2541	Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
2542	If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
2543		attributes found in the match will be returned.
2544	Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
2545		breaking up a single entry into multiple entries.  This is
2546		needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
2547		comma separated key and value strings.
2548	Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
2549		for each lookup.  To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
2550		connections such that multiple maps which use the same
2551		host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
2552		a single connection to that host.
2553	Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
2554	Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
2555		LDAP lookups.
2556	Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
2557		resources.
2558	Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
2559	Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
2560	Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification.  '%s' is still
2561		replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
2562		note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
2563		special characters.  The new '%0' token can be used instead
2564		of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
2565		For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
2566		"(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
2567		equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
2568		user attribute.  Instead, if the LDAP map specification
2569		contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
2570		would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
2571		with the name "*".
2572	New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
2573		more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
2574		being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
2575		alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
2576		matches to return.
2577	New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
2578		LDAP maps.  The value should only contain LDAP specific
2579		settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc.  The
2580		settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
2581		specified in the individual map specification ('K'
2582		command).  This option should be set before any LDAP maps
2583		are defined.
2584	Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
2585		continually fails.  Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
2586		Tech.
2587	Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries.  In
2588		particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
2589		important if you have large classes.
2590	On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
2591		gave error in the queued status message.  Requested by
2592		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2593	Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
2594		configuration.  Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
2595		delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
2596		unless the queued message is selected using one of the
2597		-qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request.  Code
2598		provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
2599	New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
2600		control socket.  This socket allows an external program to
2601		control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
2602		via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
2603		INN news server.  Access to this interface is controlled by
2604		the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
2605		systems (see sendmail/README for more information).  An
2606		example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
2607	Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
2608		RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
2609		number of processors online on the system (if that can be
2610		determined).  For single processor machines, this change
2611		has no effect.
2612	Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
2613		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2614	Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases.  Patch from
2615		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2616	Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
2617		at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
2618	Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
2619		happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
2620	Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
2621		LogLevel 10 or higher.  Previously, only TCP/IP connections
2622		were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher.  Setting
2623		LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
2624		connection-based denial of service attacks.
2625	Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
2626		10 or higher.
2627	Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
2628		information (from= syslog line).
2629	Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
2630		equate (dsn=).
2631	Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
2632	New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets.  More
2633		information is available at
2634		http://www-dev.cso.uiuc.edu/sendmail/.  Contributed by Mark
2635		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2636	Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
2637		bracketed IP address.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
2638		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2639	Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries.  Problem noted by
2640		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2641	When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
2642		the program as the default user and the default group, not
2643		the forward file user.  This change also assures the
2644		:include: directives in aliases are also processed using
2645		the default user and group.  Problem noted by Sergiu
2646		Popovici of DNT Romania.
2647	Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
2648		no home directory (/no/such/directory).  Problem noted by
2649		Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
2650	Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
2651		message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
2652		above).  Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
2653	Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
2654		accepted.  If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
2655		helpful to know the sender of the message.
2656	Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
2657		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2658	Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
2659		interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
2660		multiple files.
2661	Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
2662		greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
2663		version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
2664		the helpfile ($v).  Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
2665		PIPEX.  Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
2666		skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced.  The
2667		helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
2668		version is found, a warning is logged.  The '#vers'
2669		directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
2670	Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
2671		disk succeeded.  Suggested by Nick Christenson.
2672	If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
2673		length before the attempt.
2674	If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
2675		user's uid before checking permissions on the file.  This
2676		allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
2677		root is remapped to nobody.  Problem noted by Harald
2678		Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
2679	purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
2680		host status files, not all files.
2681	Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
2682		in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
2683		is attempted on the queued item.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
2684		Wonderworks Inc.
2685	Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
2686		macro map class.  This can be used to store information
2687		between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
2688		Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
2689		of Hannover.
2690	New map class arith to allow for computations in rules.  The
2691		operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
2692		as key.  The two operands are specified as arguments; the
2693		lookup returns the result of the computation.  For example,
2694		"$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
2695		"$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
2696	Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
2697		include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
2698		flag:
2699			H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
2700		This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
2701		It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
2702		the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
2703	Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
2704		all of the headers have been collected.  The input to the
2705		ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
2706		headers in bytes separated by $|.  This ruleset along with
2707		the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
2708		gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
2709		See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
2710	Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
2711		to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec.  This
2712		option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
2713		version.
2714	Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
2715	Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
2716	Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
2717		if referencing a named ruleset.
2718	New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
2719		delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
2720	Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
2721		using it to sort.  Now all the same domains are really run
2722		through the queue together.  If they have the same MX host,
2723		then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
2724		connection cache if available.  This should be a reasonable
2725		performance improvement.  Patch from Randall Winchester of
2726		the University of Maryland.
2727	If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
2728		have received the message if it had not been rejected.
2729	New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
2730		queue immediately.  No delivery attempt is made.
2731	Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
2732		up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
2733		COMMANDS).
2734	New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
2735		but for outgoing connections.
2736	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
2737		error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
2738			a	require authentication
2739			b	bind to interface through which mail has
2740				been received
2741			c	perform hostname canonification
2742			f	require fully qualified hostname
2743			h	use name of interface for outgoing HELO
2744				command
2745			C	don't perform hostname canonification
2746			E	disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
2747	New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
2748			h	use name of interface for HELO command
2749	The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
2750	Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
2751		to 10 or higher.  Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
2752		Institutes of Health.
2753	If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
2754		format.  Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
2755	Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
2756	Move message priority from sender to recipient logging.  Suggested by
2757		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2758	Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
2759	Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
2760		Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
2761	Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
2762		Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
2763	Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
2764		sub-options is set on the command line.  Problem noted by
2765		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2766	Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
2767		attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
2768		session.  Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
2769	Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
2770	Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
2771		DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
2772		to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
2773	If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
2774		the bounce for the same reason.  If the body is not 8-bit
2775		clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
2776		not be included in the bounce.  Problem noted by Valdis
2777		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2778	The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
2779		'${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
2780		simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
2781		This will detect the inability to send information quicker
2782		and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
2783		timeout.
2784	Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
2785		interface address structure when loading the system network
2786		interface addresses.  Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
2787		Nanoteq.
2788	Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
2789		indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
2790		for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w).  The
2791		default value is 512.  Based on idea from Reinier
2792		Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
2793	If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
2794		on load average.
2795	Allow ruleset 0 to have a name.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2796		Northern Illinois University.
2797	Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
2798		envelope splitting has occurred.
2799	Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
2800		Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
2801	Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
2802	Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
2803		header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
2804		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2805		Institute.
2806	The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
2807		the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}".  This would copy all of
2808		the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
2809	Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
2810		split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
2811		the recipients were added.  Based on fix from Motonori
2812		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2813	Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
2814		addresses.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2815	Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
2816		message.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2817	If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
2818		syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
2819	Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery.  Problem
2820		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2821	On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
2822		login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
2823		This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
2824		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2825	Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
2826		unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
2827	Strip returns from forward and include files.  Problem noted by
2828		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2829	Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
2830		resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
2831		Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
2832		University.
2833	Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
2834		pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
2835		the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
2836	If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
2837		ignored and its rules added to S0.  Instead, ignore the
2838		ruleset lines as well.
2839	Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
2840		success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
2841		single address due to S5 and UserDB processing.  Problems
2842		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2843		Institute.
2844	Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
2845		to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
2846		Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
2847	Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
2848		command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
2849		headers.  Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
2850		programs, file, DECnet, etc.
2851	Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
2852		spoof their return address.  Based on idea from Neil Rickert
2853		of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
2854		of Ericsson.
2855	Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
2856		owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
2857		:include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
2858		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2859	Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
2860		the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
2861		response code and drops the connection.  This behavior was
2862		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
2863		sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
2864	If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
2865		file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
2866		a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure.  Fix
2867		from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
2868	Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
2869		instead of spaces between arguments.  Problem noted by Randy
2870		Wormser.  Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
2871		University.
2872	Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
2873		by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
2874		privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
2875		'sendmail -bs'.
2876	Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
2877		"statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
2878		them in the .cf file.
2879	Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
2880		success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
2881		systems.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
2882		of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
2883	Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
2884		multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
2885	Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
2886		will be added even if one already exists.  Problem noted
2887		by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
2888	Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
2889		This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
2890		with commands and then disconnecting.  Previously, the
2891		server would process all of the buffered commands.  Problem
2892		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
2893	Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'.  Problem
2894		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
2895	If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
2896		last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist.  Otherwise, use
2897		the last temporary (4XX) failure.
2898	RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case.  Patch
2899		from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
2900	Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
2901		prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
2902		site which drops IDENT packets.  Suggested by many.
2903	Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
2904		is available in the in-memory cache.  Problem noted by Per
2905		Hedeland of Ericsson.
2906	mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
2907		representation and a leading backslash.  This avoids problems
2908		with "unprintable" characters.  Problem noted by Michal
2909		Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2910	The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
2911		one character past the limit.  This would cause subsequent
2912		hops to break the line again.  The '!' is now placed in
2913		the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
2914		Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.  Based on fix
2915		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2916	If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
2917		resolver will fall back to TCP.  However, some
2918		misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
2919		fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed.  Therefore,
2920		don't fail on ANY queries.
2921	If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
2922		address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
2923		to the postmaster.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2924		Northern Illinois University.
2925	Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
2926		specification.  Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
2927		State University.
2928	Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
2929		cached connections.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2930		Northern Illinois University.
2931	Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
2932		"host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
2933	Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
2934	Portability:
2935		Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
2936			the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
2937			other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
2938			is not available.  Problem noted by Allan E
2939			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2940		AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
2941			This allows network interface probing to work
2942			properly.  Fix from David Bronder of the
2943			University of Iowa.
2944		AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
2945		Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
2946			AIX.  This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
2947			name.
2948		Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
2949		Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
2950			Virginia Tech.
2951		Digital UNIX has uname(2).
2952		GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
2953			Amsterdam.
2954		Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
2955		Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
2956			FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
2957		Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
2958			files.  Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
2959			in building the operating system.  Users can
2960			override the defaults by setting confCC and
2961			confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
2962		IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
2963		Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
2964		Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
2965			of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
2966		Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
2967			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
2968		Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
2969			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
2970		Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
2971			Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
2972		NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support.  From
2973			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
2974		NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
2975			_PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
2976			NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
2977		Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
2978		NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
2979			1024 in conf.h.  Since confENVDEF would be used,
2980			use that value in conf.h.
2981		Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name.  From Gerd Knops of
2982			BITart Consulting.
2983		Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
2984			AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
2985			defined.  Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
2986			Computer, Inc.
2987		NeXT portability tweaks.  Problems reported by Dragan
2988			Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
2989			of E I A.
2990		New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
2991			can reuse the same PID in the same second.
2992		New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
2993			fchown(2).
2994		New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
2995			not have random(3).  rand() will be used instead.
2996		New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
2997			srandomdev(3).
2998		New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
2999			setlogin(2).
3000		Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
3001			specific SINIX files.  From Gerald Rinske of
3002			Siemens Business Services.
3003		Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
3004			average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
3005			UNIX).  From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
3006		Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.  Suggested by
3007			Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
3008		Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
3009			Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
3010			Aerospace.
3011		Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
3012			HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
3013			NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
3014		New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
3015			use of getservbyname() on systems which can
3016			not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
3017			HI-UX.  Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
3018			University.
3019		Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x.  Problem noted
3020			by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
3021			Technology Information Network.
3022		make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2.  Problem
3023			noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
3024		Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
3025		Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
3026			and OpenBSD.
3027		A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
3028			of local_hostname_length().  See sendmail/README
3029			for more details.  Problem noted by Allan E
3030			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3031	CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This
3032		affects a large number of files.  See cf/README for more
3033		details.
3034	CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
3035		trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
3036	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
3037	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
3038		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3039		BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
3040	CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root.  This
3041		requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd').  From Todd C. Miller of
3042		Courtesan Consulting.
3043	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
3044	CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
3045		domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
3046		be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
3047	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
3048		DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
3049		multiple times.
3050	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
3051		mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
3052		with From:).
3053	CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
3054		From:, To:) to enable finer control.
3055	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
3056		routing.  See cf/README for a complete description of the
3057		new functionality.
3058	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
3059		confAUTH_MECHANISMS		AuthMechanisms
3060		confAUTH_OPTIONS		AuthOptions
3061		confCLIENT_OPTIONS		ClientPortOptions
3062		confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME		ControlSocketName
3063		confDEAD_LETTER_DROP		DeadLetterDrop
3064		confDEF_AUTH_INFO		DefaultAuthInfo
3065		confDF_BUFFER_SIZE		DataFileBufferSize
3066		confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC		LDAPDefaultSpec
3067		confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION		MaxAliasRecursion
3068		confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH		MaxHeadersLength
3069		confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH	MaxMimeHeaderLength
3070		confPID_FILE			PidFile
3071		confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX	ProcessTitlePrefix
3072		confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN		RrtImpliesDsn
3073		confTO_CONTROL			Timeout.control
3074		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS		Timeout.resolver.retrans
3075		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3076		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
3077		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY		Timeout.resolver.retry
3078		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3079		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3080		confTRUSTED_USER		TrustedUser
3081		confXF_BUFFER_SIZE		XscriptFileBufferSize
3082	CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
3083		which takes the options as argument and can be used
3084		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
3085	CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
3086		"dsmtp".  This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
3087		F=% mailer flag described above.  The "dsmtp" mailer
3088		definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
3089		to "IPC $h".
3090	CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
3091		and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
3092		local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
3093	CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
3094		the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer.  The
3095		value should be changed with care.
3096	CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
3097		for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
3098	CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
3099		there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
3100		complain.
3101	CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
3102		to get the old behavior.  Suggested by Joe Pruett
3103		of Q7 Enterprises.
3104	CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
3105		will not be masqueraded.  Proposed by Arne Wichmann
3106		of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
3107		Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
3108	CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
3109		specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
3110		i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
3111		for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
3112		of Northern Illinois University.
3113	CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
3114		FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
3115		a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
3116	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
3117		nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
3118		in it.
3119	CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
3120		in class 'P' ($=P).
3121	CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
3122		can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
3123		FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
3124		class also to entire subdomains.  Hosts in this class are
3125		treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
3126		is added.
3127	CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
3128		include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
3129	CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
3130		genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
3131	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
3132		Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
3133	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups.  Suggested
3134		by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
3135	CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
3136		Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
3137	CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w.  Suggested by Steve
3138		Hubert of University of Washington.
3139	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
3140		GNU is now the canonical system name.  From Mark
3141		Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
3142	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
3143	CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
3144		associated with the option.  From Andrew Brown of
3145		Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
3146	CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer.  Contributed
3147		by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
3148		Services.
3149	CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
3150		names.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
3151		Aerospace.
3152	CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
3153		for the relay mailer.  Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
3154		University and Brian Candler.
3155	CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
3156		header) by default.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3157	CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
3158		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3159		Institute.
3160	CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
3161		i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
3162	CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
3163		who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
3164		is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
3165	CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
3166		after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
3167	CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
3168		feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
3169		sequence maps.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3170	CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
3171		line string for the local mailer.  Requested by Il Oh of
3172		Willamette Industries, Inc.
3173	CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
3174		converted to <user@d>
3175	CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
3176		Sun's older, broken configuration files.
3177	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
3178		normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
3179		performed.
3180	CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
3181		${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
3182		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3183		Institute.
3184	CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
3185		be accessed by their numbers).
3186	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
3187		which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
3188		of an address.
3189	CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
3190		to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
3191		set.  If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
3192		action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
3193	CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
3194		and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
3195		The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
3196	CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
3197		where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
3198	CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
3199	CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
3200		line.  Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3201		Institute.
3202	CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
3203	CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
3204		arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
3205		mailer definition flags.  This makes it possible to use
3206		other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
3207	CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
3208		FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
3209		Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
3210	CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
3211		default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
3212	CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
3213		local mailer.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3214	CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
3215		University of California at Berkeley.
3216	CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
3217		Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3218	CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names.  Patch from
3219		Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
3220	CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3221		Corporation UK.
3222	CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
3223	DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
3224		the Build scripts.  Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
3225		Yale University.
3226	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
3227		be used for building.
3228	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
3229		used for a fresh build.
3230	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
3231	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
3232		ranlib.
3233	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
3234		<path>/obj.*.  Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
3235	DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
3236		building of the man pages when defined.  Suggested by Bryan
3237		Costales.
3238	DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
3239		confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
3240		installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
3241		respectively.  Suggested by Bryan Costales.
3242	DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX.  Patch from Gerald Rinske
3243		of Siemens Business Services.
3244	DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
3245		stdio library.  The new buffered file I/O depends on the
3246		Torek stdio library.  This option can be either portable or
3247		torek.
3248	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
3249		correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
3250		They should contain the C source files for the object files
3251		listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD.  These file names
3252		will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
3253	DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
3254		in the sendmail distribution.  Each has the form
3255		`conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
3256		The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
3257		conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
3258	DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign.  This should have little affect on
3259		building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
3260		are in devtools/README.
3261	DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
3262		exists.  Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3263	DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
3264		the path to the sendmail source directory.  confSRCDIR is a
3265		new variable which identifies the root of the source
3266		directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
3267	DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
3268		time.  They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
3269		macro.
3270	DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
3271	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
3272		build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
3273		Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
3274		directories.  Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
3275		Corporation.
3276	DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
3277		manual pages in the directory tree specified by
3278		confMANROOTMAN.
3279	DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
3280		preformatted pages from the distribution.  The new variable
3281		confCOPY specifies the copying program.
3282	DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
3283		question.  Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
3284		Communications.
3285	DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
3286		of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
3287	DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
3288		operating system identity.  Problem noted by Erik
3289		Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
3290	DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
3291		will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
3292		Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
3293	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
3294		how to strip binaries.  These are used by the new
3295		install-strip target.
3296	DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
3297		the others (if it exists).
3298	DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
3299		then the default ones.
3300	MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root.  To use mail.local
3301		as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
3302		MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
3303		to set the S flag.
3304	MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
3305		accepted by sendmail.  Suggested by Neil Rickert of
3306		Northern Illinois University.
3307	MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
3308		8BITMIME in the LHLO response.  Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
3309		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3310	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
3311		MAILLOCK when compiling.  Also requires linking with
3312		-lmail.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3313		University.
3314	MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
3315		defined when compiling.  Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
3316		and later.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3317		University.
3318	MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
3319		structure to the beginning of the program.  This ensures that
3320		the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
3321		unauthenticated user.  If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
3322		on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
3323		"authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
3324		key."  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3325		University.
3326	MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
3327		set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
3328		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3329	MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
3330		characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
3331		line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
3332		newline).  If an input line was 2047 characters long
3333		(excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
3334		mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
3335		user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
3336		If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
3337		mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
3338		what they have written.  Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
3339		Alcatel Australia Limited.
3340	MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
3341		temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota.  Suggested by
3342		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3343	MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
3344		timeout to avoid starvation.
3345	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
3346		local-parts.  Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
3347		Infinite Monkeys & Co.
3348	MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3349	MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
3350		printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
3351		is reset.  Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
3352		of Maryland.
3353	MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
3354		generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
3355		sendmail configuration file.
3356	MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
3357		configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
3358		option.
3359	MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database.  Based on
3360		code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3361	MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values.  Suggested by Philip
3362		A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
3363	MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems.  Problem
3364		noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
3365	OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
3366		equates.  Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
3367	OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation.  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3368		Corporation UK.
3369	OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
3370		(e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
3371		option was specified on the command line).  Problem noted
3372		by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3373	PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
3374		Berkeley DB.  Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
3375		Institute for Global Communications.
3376	PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
3377		alias file(s) if the -f option is not used.  Patch from
3378		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3379	PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
3380		configuration file to use for finding alias file(s).  Patch
3381		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3382	SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit.  Allow command
3383		lists using || and &&.  Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
3384		of the Institute for Global Communications.
3385	SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system.  From Tim Pierce
3386		of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
3387	VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
3388	LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library.  Works with Berkeley
3389		DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
3390	Changed Files:
3391		The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
3392			no longer symbolic links.  They are now scripts
3393			which execute the actual Build script in
3394			devtools/bin.
3395		All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
3396			-mandoc as they were previously.
3397		Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
3398			of Build will work (unless parameters are
3399			required for Build).
3400	New Directories:
3401		devtools/M4/UNIX
3402		include
3403		libmilter
3404		libsmdb
3405		libsmutil
3406		vacation
3407	Renamed Directories:
3408		BuildTools => devtools
3409		src => sendmail
3410	Deleted Files:
3411		cf/m4/nullrelay.m4
3412		devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
3413		devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
3414		devtools/OS/SINIX
3415		sendmail/ldap_map.h
3416	New Files:
3417		INSTALL
3418		PGPKEYS
3419		cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
3420		cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
3421		cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
3422		cf/feature/dnsbl.m4
3423		cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
3424		cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
3425		cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
3426		cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
3427		cf/mailer/qpage.m4
3428		cf/ostype/bsdi.m4
3429		cf/ostype/hpux11.m4
3430		cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
3431		contrib/bounce-resender.pl
3432		contrib/domainmap.m4
3433		contrib/qtool.8
3434		contrib/qtool.pl
3435		devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
3436		devtools/M4/list.m4
3437		devtools/M4/string.m4
3438		devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
3439		devtools/M4/switch.m4
3440		devtools/OS/Darwin
3441		devtools/OS/GNU
3442		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
3443		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
3444		devtools/OS/m88k
3445		devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
3446		mail.local/Makefile
3447		mailstats/Makefile
3448		makemap/Makefile
3449		praliases/Makefile
3450		rmail/Makefile
3451		sendmail/Makefile
3452		sendmail/bf.h
3453		sendmail/bf_portable.c
3454		sendmail/bf_portable.h
3455		sendmail/bf_torek.c
3456		sendmail/bf_torek.h
3457		sendmail/shmticklib.c
3458		sendmail/statusd_shm.h
3459		sendmail/timers.c
3460		sendmail/timers.h
3461		smrsh/Makefile
3462		vacation/Makefile
3463	Renamed Files:
3464		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
3465		sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
3466		sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
3467		sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
3468		sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
3469		sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
3470		sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
3471		sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
3472		cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
3473	Copied Files:
3474		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
3475
34768.9.3/8.9.3	1999/02/04
3477	SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
3478		of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
3479		service attack.  This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
3480		Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
3481		Schools" project (IdS).
3482	Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
3483		was closed due to an earlier failure.  Problem noted by
3484		Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.  Fix from Booker Bense of
3485		Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3486	Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
3487		when performing the MIME header length check.  This
3488		will allow PGP signatures to function properly.  Problem
3489		noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
3490	If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
3491		the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
3492		broken" error.  Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
3493		Stanley.  Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3494	Allow -T to work for bestmx maps.  Fix from Aaron Schrab of
3495		ExecPC Internet Systems.
3496	During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
3497		TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
3498		for later retry but the failure would be logged as
3499		"Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout.  Problem noted by
3500		Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
3501		and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
3502	Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
3503		F=w mailer flag is not set.  Problem noted by Murray S.
3504		Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
3505		Hedeland of Ericsson.
3506	Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
3507		default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
3508		Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
3509		College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
3510	Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
3511		in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
3512	Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
3513		requiring 354.  This change will match the wording to be
3514		published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
3515		group of the IETF.
3516	Portability:
3517		AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
3518			bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2.  This introduces the
3519			softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
3520			not be used.  It conflicts with the resolver
3521			built into libc.a.  "bind" has been removed
3522			from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
3523			Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
3524			to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
3525			Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
3526			Technical University of Denmark.
3527		CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
3528			Supercomputer Center.
3529		Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
3530			from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
3531			John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
3532			of Stanford University.
3533		Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
3534			between different releases.  Back out the
3535			change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
3536			a timezone.  Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
3537			of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
3538			and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
3539		Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
3540			of Siemens/SNI.
3541		SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3542	CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
3543		timezone.  Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
3544		University of Brno.
3545	CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
3546		when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local).  Patch from Neil W.
3547		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3548	CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
3549		hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:.  Patch from
3550		Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3551	CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value.  Patch from
3552		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
3553	CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
3554		on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
3555		Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3556	CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
3557		cause later checks to fail.  Patch from Paul J Murphy of
3558		MIDS Europe.
3559	New Files:
3560		BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
3561		BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
3562		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
3563
35648.9.2/8.9.2	1998/12/30
3565	SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
3566		due to an accept() failure.  This sleep could be used
3567		for a denial of service attack.
3568	Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
3569		Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3570	Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
3571		host status.  Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3572		Corporation UK.
3573	Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
3574		Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
3575	Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
3576		Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
3577	Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
3578		noetrn flag.  This is scheduled to change in a future
3579		version of sendmail.  Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
3580		Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
3581		Internet Services.
3582	When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
3583		environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
3584		default domain appended.  Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
3585		Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
3586	Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
3587		'RCPT TO: (comment)'.  Problem noted by Earle Ake of
3588		Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
3589	Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec.  Patch from
3590		Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3591	Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
3592		a segmentation fault.  Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
3593		National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
3594	Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
3595		verification (-bv).  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
3596		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3597	Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
3598		daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
3599		condition.  Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
3600		Internet Services.
3601	Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
3602		in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist.  Problem
3603		noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
3604	Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
3605		Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
3606		its memory pool.  Closing a map opened by another process
3607		will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
3608		parent process leaving things in a bad state.  For
3609		Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
3610		is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
3611		the map file descriptor.  Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
3612		Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
3613		extended testing.
3614	Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
3615		failures.  Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
3616	On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
3617		as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
3618		stop sending output and exit.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen
3619		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3620	In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
3621		are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
3622		failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
3623		Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
3624		Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
3625	Fix by one error reporting on long alias names.  Problem noted by
3626		H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
3627		Network.
3628	Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior.  Problem
3629		noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
3630	When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
3631		be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
3632		boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line.  Problem
3633		noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc.  Fix from
3634		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3635	Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
3636		has enough space for the additional address.  Problem
3637		noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
3638	Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior.  Problem
3639		noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
3640	If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
3641		discard the current recipient.  Unlike check_relay,
3642		check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
3643		discarded.  Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs.  Fix from
3644		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3645	Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
3646		bogus formatting.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3647		Meteorological Institute.
3648	Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
3649	OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers.  Fix
3650		from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
3651	Portability:
3652		Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
3653		Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
3654			option structure.  Problem noted by Ashley M.
3655			Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
3656		Break out IP address to hostname translation for
3657			reading network interface addresses into
3658			class 'w'.  Patch from John Kennedy of
3659			Cal State University, Chico.
3660		AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
3661			from changing the semantics of the compiled
3662			program.  From Simon Travaglia of the
3663			University of Waikato, New Zealand.
3664		FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext().  From
3665			Peter Wemm of DIALix.
3666		FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
3667		IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes.  From
3668			Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
3669		IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
3670		LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
3671			of Sun Microsystems.
3672		Linux does not implement seteuid() properly.  From
3673			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
3674		Linux timezone type was set improperly.  From Takeshi Itoh
3675			of Bits Co., Ltd.
3676		NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS.  From
3677			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3678		NeXT 4.x correction to man page path.  From J. P. McCann
3679			of E I A.
3680		System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
3681			from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
3682			Information Center.
3683		ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
3684			Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3685			Institute.
3686		Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr().  Fix from Henk
3687			van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
3688	CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
3689		Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc.  Fix from
3690		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3691	CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
3692		there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
3693		not be the one in use.  Suggested by Alan Brown of
3694		Manawatu Internet Services.
3695	CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
3696		when stripping down a recipient address to check for
3697		relaying.  Patch from Claus Assmann of
3698		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
3699		of Northern Illinois University.
3700	CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups.  Patch
3701		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
3702		Kiel.
3703	CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
3704		Dot Com.
3705	CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning.  Patch
3706		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
3707		Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3708	CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
3709		user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
3710		checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
3711		used.  Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
3712		Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
3713		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3714	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
3715		stream.  Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
3716	MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP.  Fix
3717		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3718	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP.  Fix from
3719		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3720	MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
3721		the envelope From header.
3722	MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
3723		Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
3724	MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
3725		Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
3726	MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
3727		the -s flag.  Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
3728		Portal Services, Inc.
3729	PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
3730		NULL byte at the end of the key.  Patch from John Beck of
3731		Sun Microsystems.
3732	PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
3733	New Files:
3734		BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
3735		BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
3736		cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
3737		contrib/smcontrol.pl
3738		src/control.c
3739
37408.9.1/8.9.1	1998/07/02
3741	If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
3742		site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
3743		instead of both.  Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
3744		the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
3745	Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
3746		multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
3747		file descriptor.  Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3748		Meteorological Institute.
3749	Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
3750		the header area when parsing MIME headers.  Problem noted
3751		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3752	Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
3753		installation commands.  The man pages would still be
3754		built with .0 extensions.  Problem noted by Bryan
3755		Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3756	Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
3757		variable.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3758	If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
3759		were still delivered.  Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
3760	Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
3761		if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
3762		Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
3763	Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
3764		in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
3765		and then back.  Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
3766		University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
3767	Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
3768		set in the PrivacyOptions option.  Fix from Ted Rule of
3769		Flextech TV.
3770	Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
3771		bouncing the message.  Problem noted by David Lindes of
3772		DaveLtd Enterprises.
3773	Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
3774		compilation.  Installation may be done from a read-only
3775		mount.  Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
3776		Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
3777	Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit.  Problem
3778		noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
3779	Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory.  Problem noted
3780		by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
3781	Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
3782		any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
3783		exist.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
3784	Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
3785		gethostbyname().  Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
3786		University.
3787	If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
3788		5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2.  Similarly, for
3789		non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
3790		mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
3791		Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
3792		Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
3793	Portability:
3794		Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
3795			use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
3796			From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
3797			and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
3798		BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions.  From Jeff Polk
3799			of BSDI.
3800		DomainOS detection for Build.  Also, version 10.4 and later
3801			ship a unistd.h.  Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
3802			PICT Inc.
3803		NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages.  From
3804			J. P. McCann of E I A.
3805		SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support.  From Vlado Potisk
3806			of TEMPEST, Ltd.
3807	CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
3808		qualification.  Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
3809		Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
3810		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3811	CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
3812		BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
3813		Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
3814	CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
3815		messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>.  LMTP
3816		would not accept @@hostname.
3817	OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
3818		Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
3819	RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
3820		as this rmail isn't the same as others.  Suggested by
3821		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3822	New Files:
3823		BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
3824
38258.9.0/8.9.0	1998/05/19
3826	SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
3827		readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
3828		class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
3829		(i.e., group or world writable) directory paths.  Sites
3830		which need the ability to override security can use the
3831		DontBlameSendmail option.  See the README file for more
3832		information.
3833	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
3834		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
3835		This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
3836		world writable directories.
3837	SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
3838		it is in a world writable directory.
3839	SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
3840		tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
3841		Unfortunately this breaks -v mode.  Problem noted by
3842		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
3843		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
3844	SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
3845		prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
3846		privileges.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
3847	SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
3848		gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
3849		that has a non-zero uid.  If none of these exist, sendmail
3850		reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
3851		This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
3852		uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon.  If DefaultUser
3853		is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
3854		default.
3855	SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
3856		interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
3857		RunAsUser option.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
3858		the University of Maryland.
3859	Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Based on patch from John Kennedy
3860		of Cal State University, Chico.
3861	Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB).  Users
3862		which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
3863		current version of Berkeley DB.
3864	Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
3865		From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3866	Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
3867		UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
3868		of Maryland.
3869	Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
3870		configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
3871		do not have getusershell().  Fix from John Beck of Sun
3872		Microsystems.
3873	On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
3874		argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
3875		last argument was either "-q" or "-d".  Problem noted by
3876		Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
3877	Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
3878		mail.local on the F=z flag.
3879	Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile.  Previously this was
3880		only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
3881		macro expansion.  Now $x will be expanded.  This means that
3882		real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
3883	TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
3884		reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
3885		Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
3886		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
3887		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
3888	DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
3889		would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
3890		Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
3891		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3892	Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
3893		valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM.  Fix from Andreas Luik
3894		of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
3895	Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules.  This eliminates
3896		the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
3897		to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
3898	Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
3899		recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
3900		transaction.  After this number is reached, sendmail
3901		starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
3902		commands.  This can be used to limit the number of recipients
3903		per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
3904		for spamming).  Note: a better approach is to restrict
3905		relaying entirely.
3906	Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
3907		to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
3908		avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
3909		Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
3910	Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters.  For example,
3911		'-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
3912		bar in their address.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
3913		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3914	The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
3915		passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag.  This can be
3916		used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
3917		of a message.  This can be used to help prevent relaying.
3918		Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
3919	Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
3920		sender for those failures.
3921	Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
3922		preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
3923		has been determined.  Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
3924		Technical University of Braunschweig.  Patch from Per Hedeland
3925		of Ericsson.
3926	Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
3927		when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
3928		output easier to decipher.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
3929		of Procter & Gamble.
3930	The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
3931		given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
3932		solely the argument in error.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
3933		of Procter & Gamble.
3934	New DontBlameSendmail option.  This option allows administrators to
3935		bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
3936		of system security.  This should only be used if you are
3937		absolutely sure you know the consequences.  The available
3938		DontBlameSendmail options are:
3939			Safe
3940			AssumeSafeChown
3941			ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
3942			ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
3943			GroupWritableDirPathSafe
3944			GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
3945			GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
3946			GroupWritableAliasFile
3947			HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
3948			WorldWritableAliasFile
3949			ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
3950			IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
3951			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
3952			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
3953			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
3954			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
3955			MapInUnsafeDirPath
3956			LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
3957			LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
3958			LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
3959			LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
3960			LinkedMapInWritableDir
3961			LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
3962			FileDeliveryToHardLink
3963			FileDeliveryToSymLink
3964			WriteMapToHardLink
3965			WriteMapToSymLink
3966			WriteStatsToHardLink
3967			WriteStatsToSymLink
3968			RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
3969			RunWritableProgram
3970	New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
3971		interface names in $=w on startup.  In particular, if you
3972		have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
3973		startup.  However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
3974		sent to those addresses will be bounced.
3975	Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
3976		AutoRebuildAliases is set.
3977	Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
3978		Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
3979	Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
3980	When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
3981		a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
3982		and compare results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup
3983		fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
3984		surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
3985	New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
3986		(i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
3987		contrast to the success case).
3988	New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax.  A config line
3989		of the form:
3990			HHeader: $>Ruleset
3991		causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
3992		when read.  This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
3993		that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
3994	Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
3995		from hiding their connection information in Received:
3996		headers.
3997	When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
3998		are skipped.  This will cause the delivering process to
3999		try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
4000		hosts are available.  Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
4001	The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
4002		A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u.  It also
4003		obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
4004		7/8 bit conversion flags.  This is useful for defining
4005		a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
4006		recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
4007	Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
4008		if the remote connection closes the socket before the
4009		remote identity can be queried.
4010	Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
4011		Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
4012		uid is left unchanged by sendmail.  Problem noted by Per
4013		Hedeland of Ericsson.
4014	No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
4015		is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
4016		some of the details are determined dynamically via
4017		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
4018	The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
4019		mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
4020		the new Build method which creates an operating system
4021		specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
4022	Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
4023		a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
4024		same host).  This is necessary if the remote host sends
4025		a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
4026		as is common in anti-spam configurations.  Problem noted
4027		by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4028	New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
4029		rulesets.  If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
4030		$#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
4031		message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
4032		This means that even if only one of the recipients
4033		resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
4034		will receive the mail.  Suggested by Brian Kantor.
4035	All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
4036		instead of being delivered.  Problem noted by John Caruso
4037		of CNET: The Computer Network.
4038	Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
4039	Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
4040		an error.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4041	Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
4042		hostname via NetInfo.  Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
4043	Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
4044		macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
4045		rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
4046		Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
4047	If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
4048		error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
4049		in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
4050		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4051	Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
4052		before calling the check_relay ruleset.  Suggested by Scott
4053		Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4054	Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
4055		exit code of 79.  Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
4056		Internet.  Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
4057		Institute.
4058	Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
4059		mail.local.
4060	Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
4061		R$*	$( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $).  Patch from
4062		Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
4063	Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
4064		which have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
4065		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4066	Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
4067		address test mode (-bt).  Problem noted by Bryan Costales
4068		of InfoBeat, Inc.
4069	-qR could sometimes match names incorrectly.  Problem noted by
4070		Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
4071	Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
4072		mailstats command.
4073	Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
4074		StatusFile for display by the mailstats command.  Patch
4075		from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
4076	IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
4077		user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
4078		username@site to differentiate the two.  Suggested by
4079		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4080	Enforce timeout for LDAP queries.  Patch from Per Hedeland of
4081		Ericsson.
4082	Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
4083		replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes.  Also
4084		avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots.  Fix from
4085		Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
4086	If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
4087		queue entry five times before giving up.  Previously, it
4088		was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
4089		to run out of inodes.  Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
4090		Stratus Computer, Inc.
4091	In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
4092		currently supported version.
4093	Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive.  Patch
4094		from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
4095	Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
4096		the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
4097		it contains characters which must be quoted.  Problem noted
4098		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4099	Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
4100		releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
4101		In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
4102		message in error bounces.
4103	Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
4104		accompanying text.  Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
4105		Digital Equipment Corporation.
4106	Portability:
4107		AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
4108			of Kyoto University.
4109		AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>.  Patch from
4110			Randall S. Winchester of the University of
4111			Maryland.
4112		AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
4113		CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
4114			in Finland.
4115		Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
4116			disk space.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
4117			the University of Maryland.
4118		HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
4119			Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
4120		IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4121			Meteorological Institute.
4122		IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
4123			of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
4124		IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
4125		IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
4126		QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
4127		SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
4128			to sendmail.  Install with group bin instead of kmem
4129			as kmem does not exist.  From Guillermo Freige of
4130			Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
4131			Fischer of BTG, Inc.
4132		SunOS 4.X does not include memmove().  Patch from
4133			Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4134		SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
4135			load average.  Patch from John Beck of Sun
4136			Microsystems.
4137	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
4138	CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
4139		map for the various maps.  The default is hash.  Patch from
4140		Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
4141	CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
4142		directory for certain programs.
4143	CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
4144		local mail delivery.  By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
4145		is used.  This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
4146		with 8.9 which is LMTP capable.  The path is based on the
4147		new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
4148	CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
4149		FEATURE(smrsh).  Note that this changes the default from
4150		/usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh.  To obtain the
4151		old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
4152	CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
4153		include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
4154		the user to setup different .forward files for
4155		user+detail addressing.
4156	CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
4157		and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
4158		DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
4159	CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
4160		from outside your domain and sending it to another host
4161		outside your domain).
4162	CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
4163		any site to any site.
4164	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
4165		domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
4166	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
4167		the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
4168	CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
4169		feature.  This database gives you the ability to allow
4170		or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
4171		administrative reasons.  By default, names that are listed
4172		as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
4173	CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
4174		used for class 'R'.  Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
4175	CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
4176		to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
4177	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
4178		of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
4179		host names only.
4180	CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check).  Normally, if a recipient
4181		using % addressing is used, e.g.  user%site@othersite,
4182		and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
4183		will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
4184		This feature changes that behavior.  It should not be
4185		needed for most installations.
4186	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
4187		domain portion of the mail sender is a local host.  This
4188		should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
4189		a window for spammers.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
4190		the University of Maryland.
4191	CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
4192		block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
4193		usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
4194	CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
4195		refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
4196		be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
4197	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
4198		unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
4199	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
4200		MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
4201	CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
4202		Realtime Blackhole List.  You can specify the RBL name
4203		server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
4204		The default is rbl.maps.vix.com.  For details, see
4205		http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
4206	CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
4207		Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
4208		check_rcpt.  Users with local rulesets should place the
4209		rules using LOCAL_RULESETS.  If a Local_check_* ruleset
4210		returns $#OK, the message is accepted.  If the ruleset
4211		returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
4212		the return of the ruleset is ignored.
4213	CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
4214		default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
4215	CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
4216		pick the proper default value.  See the SECURITY note
4217		above for more information.
4218	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
4219		no-op.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4220		Meteorological Institute.
4221	CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
4222		daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
4223		sender if run as mailnull.  See the Digital UNIX section
4224		of src/README for more information.  Problem noted by
4225		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4226	CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
4227		.mc files instead of in the obj directory.
4228	CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
4229		confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
4230		setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
4231		MustQuoteChars respectively.
4232	MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout.  This
4233		SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
4234		status on a per-user basis.  Code donated by John Myers of
4235		CMU (now of Netscape).
4236	MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
4237		University of Maryland.  NOTE: mail.local is not
4238		compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format.  Be sure to
4239		read mail.local/README.
4240	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
4241		mailbox lock.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
4242		University of Maryland.
4243	MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
4244		University, Chico.
4245	MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4246		Meteorological Institute.
4247	MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
4248		in the StatusFile.  Patch from Randall Winchester of the
4249		University of Maryland.
4250	MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
4251		such as linked files in world writable directories.
4252	MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
4253	PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
4254	PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support.  Problem
4255		noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
4256		Braunschweig.
4257	RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms.  Patches from
4258		Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
4259		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4260	Changed Files:
4261		src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
4262			the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
4263		src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
4264	New Files:
4265		BuildTools/M4/header.m4
4266		BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
4267		BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
4268		BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
4269		BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
4270		BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
4271		BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
4272		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
4273		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
4274		BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
4275		BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
4276		BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
4277		BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
4278		BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
4279		BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
4280		BuildTools/OS/QNX
4281		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
4282		BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
4283		BuildTools/README
4284		BuildTools/Site/README
4285		BuildTools/bin/Build
4286		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
4287		BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
4288		BuildTools/bin/install.sh
4289		Makefile
4290		cf/cf/Build
4291		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
4292		cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
4293		cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
4294		cf/feature/access_db.m4
4295		cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
4296		cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
4297		cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
4298		cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
4299		cf/feature/rbl.m4
4300		cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
4301		cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
4302		cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
4303		cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
4304		cf/ostype/qnx.m4
4305		contrib/doublebounce.pl
4306		mail.local/Build
4307		mail.local/Makefile.m4
4308		mail.local/README
4309		mailstats/Build
4310		mailstats/Makefile.m4
4311		makemap/Build
4312		makemap/Makefile.m4
4313		praliases/Build
4314		praliases/Makefile.m4
4315		rmail/Build
4316		rmail/Makefile.m4
4317		rmail/rmail.0
4318		smrsh/Build
4319		smrsh/Makefile.m4
4320		src/Build
4321		src/Makefile.m4
4322		src/snprintf.c
4323	Deleted Files:
4324		cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
4325		mail.local/Makefile
4326		mail.local/Makefile.dist
4327		mailstats/Makefile
4328		mailstats/Makefile.dist
4329		makemap/Makefile
4330		makemap/Makefile.dist
4331		praliases/Makefile
4332		praliases/Makefile.dist
4333		rmail/Makefile
4334		smrsh/Makefile
4335		smrsh/Makefile.dist
4336		src/Makefile
4337		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
4338		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
4339			(renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
4340		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
4341	Renamed Files:
4342		READ_ME => README
4343		cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
4344		cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
4345		src/READ_ME => src/README
4346
43478.8.8/8.8.8	1997/10/24
4348	If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
4349		incorrectly.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4350		Meteorological Institute.
4351	If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
4352		add additional bounces to it.  Problem noted by Thomas J.
4353		Arseneault of SRI International.
4354	If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
4355		connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
4356		Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4357	Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
4358		to internal form.  Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
4359	EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
4360		User unknown with bogus delay= values.  Change them to log
4361		the same as compliant addresses.  Problem noted by Kari E.
4362		Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4363	Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
4364		option for resolver.  Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
4365		River Systems.
4366	If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
4367		protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
4368		closed but the persistent host status file would not be
4369		unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
4370		that host.  Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4371	If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
4372		the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
4373		attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
4374		queue run regardless of MinQueueAge.  Problem noted by
4375		Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
4376	Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
4377		"Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
4378		with the incorrect timestamp.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
4379		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4380	Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
4381	Log null connections on dropped connections.  Problem noted by
4382		Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4383	If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
4384		reopen the map.  Previously, they could give stale
4385		results during a single message processing (but would
4386		recover when the next message was received).  Fix from
4387		Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
4388	Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
4389		requests.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4390		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4391	Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
4392		recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
4393		message is accepted.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4394		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4395	Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
4396		sendmail via a UNIX pipe.  This will allow rulesets using
4397		$&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
4398		dequote.  Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
4399	A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
4400		and the inability to save a bounce message to
4401		/var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
4402		to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
4403		queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
4404		queue was run.  Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
4405		Associates.
4406	Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS.  There are
4407		no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
4408		sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
4409		could cause confusing error messages.
4410	Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
4411		rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad.  This
4412		behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
4413		the entire message.  Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
4414		SuperNet, Inc.
4415	Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file.  Suggested by
4416		Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4417	Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
4418		mailers.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4419		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4420	An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
4421		for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
4422		dropped.
4423	Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
4424		a HUP signal.  This will give room for the process title.
4425		Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4426	Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
4427		support flock locking and runs out of processes during
4428		delivery.  Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
4429	Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
4430		Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4431		Institute.
4432	Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
4433		rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
4434		are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
4435		Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
4436	Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
4437		bounce messages.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
4438		RUS University of Stuttgart.
4439	Minor lint fixes.
4440	Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
4441		search returns an error.  This will allow sequenced maps which
4442		use other LDAP servers to be checked.  Fix from Booker Bense
4443		of Stanford University.
4444	When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
4445		not pad bare linefeeds with a space.  Problem noted by Theo
4446		Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
4447	Portability:
4448		Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
4449			conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
4450			setproctitle().  Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
4451			Electronic Data Systems.
4452		AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation.  Reported by Jim
4453			Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
4454		BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
4455		Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
4456			loader environment variables into the loader memory
4457			area.  If one of these environment variables (such as
4458			LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
4459			an invalid memory address would be used by the process
4460			title routine causing memory corruption.  Problem
4461			noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
4462		GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
4463			chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
4464			not permit file giveaways.  Problem noted by
4465			Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
4466		IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes.  Reported by
4467			Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
4468		Linux: Pad process title with NULLs.  Problem noted by
4469			Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4470		SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
4471			incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
4472			Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
4473			Services.
4474		SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
4475			Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
4476		Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
4477			used on a Solaris machine.  Problem noted by
4478			Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
4479		CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
4480			Services VAS.
4481	MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
4482	CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
4483	OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
4484			Ericsson.
4485
44868.8.7/8.8.7	1997/08/03
4487	If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
4488		an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
4489		except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
4490		rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
4491		exist would fail.  Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
4492		GmbH.
4493	Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
4494		Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute
4495		of Technology, Stockholm.
4496	Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
4497		some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
4498		routines during compilation.  If using TCP Wrappers, assume
4499		that these routines are included as though they were in the
4500		C library.  Patch from Robert La Ferla.
4501	When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
4502		used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
4503		duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
4504		Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
4505	In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
4506		mail was passed on without any recipient header.  This could
4507		cause problems downstream.  Problem noted by Xander Jansen
4508		of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
4509	Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail.  GDBM's locking and
4510		linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
4511		locking and security checks.  Problems noted by Fyodor
4512		Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
4513	Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
4514	Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
4515		gethostbyaddr found no value.  Also, ignore any returns
4516		from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
4517	If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
4518		"may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
4519		have to assume that the information is good.
4520	In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
4521		open or locked.
4522	Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
4523	Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
4524		errors during testing.
4525	Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
4526		printed in the error message.
4527	If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
4528		missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
4529	Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
4530		DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
4531		had a .forward file.  From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
4532	On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
4533		file giveaway was undefined.  From Tetsu Ushijima of the
4534		Tokyo Institute of Technology.
4535	Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
4536		lost (so only the header was delivered).  This only occurs
4537		on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
4538		runner runs during a critical section in another message
4539		delivery.  Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
4540		Results Computing.
4541	If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
4542		(wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
4543		exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
4544		once, it would be tried on every queue run.  Problem noted
4545		by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
4546	If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
4547		include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
4548		This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
4549		This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
4550		theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
4551		it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
4552		same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
4553		garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
4554		has changed.  As a practical matter this is not a security
4555		problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
4556		and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
4557		have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
4558		simultaneously.
4559	Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
4560		use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
4561	Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
4562		transaction to clear the entire transaction.  Problem
4563		noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4564	Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
4565		a trailing slash.  (And a pox on vendors that decide to
4566		ignore the established conventions!)  Problem noted by
4567		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4568	Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
4569		(intended for IPv6).  Patches are from John Kennedy of
4570		CSU Chico.
4571	In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
4572		an extra space at the beginning of some lines.  Problem
4573		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
4574		on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
4575	Portability:
4576		Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
4577			with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition.  Note that
4578			the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
4579			be used instead.
4580		AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>.  Patch from Gene Rackow
4581			of Argonne National Laboratory.
4582		OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
4583		RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
4584		SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c.  From
4585			James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
4586		Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
4587			in Makefiles.
4588		Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
4589			Makefiles.  Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
4590		NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
4591			exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
4592			Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
4593			around the problem.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of
4594			NCR Corp.
4595		HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API.  Problem
4596			noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
4597		UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro.  Problem
4598			noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
4599			Resource Network
4600		SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
4601			the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
4602			getsockname, and getsockopt.  Adds new compile flags
4603			SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.  Problem reported
4604			by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
4605			Mental Health Center Residential Services.
4606		AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
4607			Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
4608			Corp.
4609		Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
4610			#define both setjmp and longjmp.  Problem pointed out
4611			by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
4612		CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
4613			from Christopher Durham of SCO.
4614		CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
4615			/etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
4616			configuration.  Patch from Dennis Glatting of
4617			PlainTalk.
4618	CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
4619		time.  Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions.  Suggested
4620		by Harry Styron.
4621	CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc.  These
4622		are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
4623	MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
4624	MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
4625		telling more details on what actually changed when "file
4626		changed after open".
4627	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files.  Support multiple Fw
4628		files.
4629	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
4630	NEW FILES:
4631		src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
4632		src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
4633		test/t_exclopen.c
4634		cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
4635	DELETED FILES:
4636		Makefile
4637
46388.8.6/8.8.6	1997/06/14
4639	    *************************************************************
4640	    * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI	*
4641	    * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated.	*
4642	    * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward	*
4643	    * continued sendmail development.				*
4644	    *************************************************************
4645	SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
4646		mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
4647		points nowhere.  This makes it possible to create a root
4648		owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
4649		into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
4650		determined that the file did not exist.  The only verified
4651		example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
4652		and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07.  Most
4653		systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
4654		of a file disallows symbolic links.  Systems that have been
4655		verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
4656		DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
4657		and Ultrix.  This is a potential exposure on systems that
4658		have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
4659		pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
4660		mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
4661	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
4662		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
4663		If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
4664		is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
4665		(or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
4666		another database; this can be used either to expose
4667		information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
4668		and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
4669		(by trashing the password database).  The fix disallows
4670		symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
4671		maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
4672		writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
4673		directories to be fatal errors.  This does not represent an
4674		exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
4675		system directories.
4676	SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
4677		or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
4678		path) is writable by anyone other than the owner.  This is
4679		similar to the previous case for user files.  This change
4680		should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
4681		an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
4682		files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
4683	SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
4684		have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
4685		are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
4686		away files.  The new rules are very strict, trusting file
4687		ownership only in those few cases where the system has
4688		been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
4689		However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
4690		trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
4691		group writable.  This might allow someone who has a legitimate
4692		:include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
4693		become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
4694		non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
4695		the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
4696		actually permitted.  I believe this to be a very small set
4697		of cases.  If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
4698		NFS-mounted filesystems.
4699	SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
4700		(e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
4701		Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
4702		group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
4703		The user id was still set properly.  Problem noted by Uli
4704		Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
4705	Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
4706		PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set.  Problem reported
4707		by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
4708	Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
4709		failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
4710		same host).
4711	IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
4712		affect any options that came after the route option.  Patch
4713		from Theo de Raadt.
4714	The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
4715		back to the sender.  Problem reported by Stephen More of
4716		PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4717	Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
4718		of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
4719		Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
4720	Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
4721		occur at the beginning of the stream.  Patch contributed by
4722		Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4723	Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
4724		a signal handler.  Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
4725		Microsystems.
4726	Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
4727		will have the latest version of the map data.  Problem noted
4728		by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4729	If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
4730		too large) don't send the bogus message.
4731	Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
4732		have errors and have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Michael
4733		Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4734	Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
4735		multipart/mixed Content-Type: header.  Problem noted by
4736		Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
4737	Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
4738		ErrorMode is not set to "print".  Fix from Gregory Neil
4739		Shapiro.
4740	Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
4741		that could not be opened.  Based on a fix from John Beck of
4742		Sun Microsystems.
4743	If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
4744		a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
4745		pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
4746		with a "host unknown" error.  Note that this should really
4747		be fixed in the zone file for the domain.  Problem noted by
4748		Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
4749	If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
4750		the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
4751		run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
4752		retry immediately.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
4753		Mercury Mail.
4754	If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
4755		will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
4756		"Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
4757		Morgan Stanley.
4758	If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
4759		sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
4760		run, abort the queue run immediately.  Problem noted by
4761		Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
4762	The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
4763		number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
4764		non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
4765		none of the queue was processed.  The updated algorithm
4766		does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
4767		not be run.
4768	If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
4769		die immediately, never hold the error message for future
4770		printing.
4771	Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
4772		regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
4773		configuration file.  Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4774	New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
4775		routine available in one of the libraries.  Use it in conf.h.
4776	The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
4777	If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
4778		this and reopen the map.  Previously, they could give
4779		erroneous results during a single message processing
4780		(but would recover when the next message was received).
4781	Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
4782		files are at least ten minutes old.  This avoids a potential
4783		race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
4784		a file descriptor.  The queue runner locks it and deletes it
4785		because it is zero length.  The creator then writes the
4786		descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
4787		job goes away.  Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
4788	When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
4789		(A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
4790		results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
4791		address as "may be forged".
4792	Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
4793		substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
4794		"substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
4795	Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
4796		This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
4797		or write is ever actually attempted.  Patch from Villy Kruse
4798		of TwinCom.
4799	If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
4800		allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
4801		was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
4802		is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
4803	Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
4804		in the body.  Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
4805		Plasma Physics Laboratory.
4806	Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
4807		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4808		Institute.
4809	The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
4810		documented.  Note that this increases the potential denial
4811		of service problems with this option: an attacker can
4812		connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
4813		as incoming connections.  If you use this option, you should
4814		run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
4815		to avoid this attack.  Failure to limit noted by Matthew
4816		Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
4817	Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
4818		opened instead of failing silently.  Suggested by Gregory
4819		Neil Shapiro.  This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
4820		book (2nd edition).
4821	Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
4822		if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
4823		instead of queueing.  Treat this like TRY_AGAIN.  Fix from
4824		John Beck of SunSoft.
4825	If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
4826		in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
4827		Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
4828	Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
4829		of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
4830	Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
4831		immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
4832	Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping.  Patch
4833		from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
4834	Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes.  Previously these were
4835		partially processed, which could cause confusing error
4836		returns.
4837	Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
4838		on some architectures.
4839	Portability:
4840		A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
4841		glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
4842			thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM.  Only option seems
4843			to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
4844			defined.  Problem reported by A Sun of the University
4845			of Washington.
4846		Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
4847			the system rather than guessing at compile time.
4848			Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4849		Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
4850		GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
4851		RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
4852		ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
4853			Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
4854			but there appears to be no fix for this.  Patch from
4855			Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4856		BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
4857		Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
4858			high order bit set to apparently randomly match
4859			letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
4860			Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
4861			Cambridge.
4862		IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x.  From
4863			Kari Hurtta.
4864		IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
4865			IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
4866			IRIX Makefile).
4867		IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
4868			Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
4869	CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
4870		even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set.  Problem pointed out by
4871		Brian Candler.
4872	CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
4873		local names as local.  Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
4874		fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4875	CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
4876		"mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
4877		for the $h macro.  Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4878	CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
4879		MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY.  Patch from Philip
4880		Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
4881	CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
4882		rules are the same as for aliasing.  Based on a patch from
4883		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4884	CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
4885		have no functional change in this release, but makes it
4886		possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
4887	CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
4888		HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
4889		In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
4890		Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
4891		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4892	CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
4893		MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
4894		don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit).  Suggestions
4895		from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
4896	CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
4897		being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
4898		was specified, even when it wasn't.
4899	MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf.  From John Beck of SunSoft.
4900	MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
4901		"slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
4902		exclusive open.  This is only a problem on System V derived
4903		systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
4904		symbolic links pointing nowhere.
4905	MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
4906		not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
4907		later mailboxes to fail.  Also, any partial message would
4908		not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
4909		Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
4910		developers).
4911	MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0.  A similar
4912		change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3.  Problem
4913		noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4914	MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
4915		symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
4916		often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
4917		sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
4918	MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
4919		NEXTSTEP.
4920	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
4921		Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
4922		name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w).  Other
4923		miscellaneous bug fixes.  From Christian von Roques via
4924		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4925	CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta.  This
4926		Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
4927		file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
4928		lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
4929		for system accounts.
4930	NEW FILES:
4931		src/safefile.c
4932		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
4933		cf/ostype/irix6.m4
4934		contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
4935		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
4936		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
4937	RENAMED FILES:
4938		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 =>	Makefile.IRIX.6.x
4939		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 =>	Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
4940
49418.8.5/8.8.5	1997/01/21
4942	SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup.  Without this, sendmail
4943		will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
4944		even if RunAsUser is specified.
4945	SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only.  This is not in response
4946		to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
4947		Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4948	SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
4949		security implications.  Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
4950		University of Pennsylvania.
4951	Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
4952		would truncate the address after "Full".  Although the -f
4953		syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
4954		shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
4955		was unnecessarily awful.
4956	Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
4957		to a 7-bit format.  Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
4958		Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
4959	Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
4960		runs.  Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
4961		final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
4962		it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
4963		bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
4964		Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
4965	_Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
4966		module.  Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4967	Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
4968		files if the configuration file is safe.  Based on a
4969		patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
4970	ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
4971		run completed.  Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
4972		Semiconductor Corp.
4973	It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
4974		does _not_ log rejected connections.  Do the logging ourselves.
4975		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
4976		at Austin.
4977	If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
4978		version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
4979		error is reported on every queue run.  Change it to only
4980		give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf).  Patch from
4981		William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
4982	Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
4983		ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
4984		some problems if a background process tried to send mail
4985		under certain circumstances.  Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
4986		of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
4987	Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
4988		load average is >= the queueing load average.  Previously
4989		the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
4990		to essentially never skip the queue run.  Patch from Bryan
4991		Costales.
4992	If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
4993		rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
4994		(25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
4995		you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack.  Based
4996		on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
4997	Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
4998		this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
4999		The current values and defaults are:
5000		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
5001		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
5002		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
5003		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
5004		These will probably be configurable in a future release.
5005	On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
5006		that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
5007		the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
5008	In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored.  Problem noted
5009		by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5010	Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
5011		the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
5012		line dropped.  Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
5013		clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
5014		to be a better "fail soft" approach.  Based on a patch from
5015		Eric Hagberg.
5016	If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
5017		bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
5018		first" error message.  Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
5019		of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
5020	Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
5021		in PrivacyOptions.  The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
5022		Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
5023		based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5024	Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
5025		in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
5026		a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
5027		through.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
5028		Communications.
5029	In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
5030		had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
5031		Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
5032		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5033	Give better diagnostics on long alias lines.  Based on code contributed
5034		by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
5035	Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
5036		alternate names.  Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
5037	PORTABILITY:
5038		UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
5039			Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
5040		SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
5041			Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
5042		SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5043		Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
5044			Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
5045			(Moscow).
5046		OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
5047		Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
5048		Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
5049		Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
5050		Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
5051			of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
5052	CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
5053		_just_right_ yet.  Tweak it again.  I'll omit the names
5054		of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
5055		As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
5056		Received: line.
5057	CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
5058		it never inserts that class into the output file.  Fix it
5059		so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
5060		automatically in this class.  Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
5061		of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale
5062		Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
5063	CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
5064		such as LUSER_RELAY.  This change permits the following
5065		syntaxes:  ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
5066		local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
5067		``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
5068		go to user on the local machone).  ``local:user'' will send
5069		to the named user on the local machine.  ``local:user@host''
5070		is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored).  In
5071		all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
5072		detail information).  Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
5073	CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
5074		indication.  This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
5075		to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''.  Note the use
5076		of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
5077		Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5078	OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
5079		NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
5080		Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
5081	OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
5082		a duplex printer.  From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
5083		Long Beach.
5084
50858.8.4/8.8.4	1996/12/02
5086	SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
5087		permissions by hard linking to files that were group
5088		writable by the attacker.  The solution is to disallow any
5089		files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
5090		:include:, and output files.  Problem noted by Terry
5091		Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services.  As a
5092		workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
5093	SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
5094		is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
5095		MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list.  There
5096		is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
5097		Problem noted by Dan Bernstein.  Also, make the DontInitGroups
5098		unsafe.  I know of no specific attack against this, although
5099		a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
5100		you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
5101		the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
5102	Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
5103		directories somehow became empty.  Problem noted by Roy
5104		Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5105	Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
5106		This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
5107		Problem noted by several people.
5108	On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
5109		and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
5110		SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem noted
5111		by several people.
5112	Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
5113		gcc to high warning levels).  From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
5114	SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
5115		not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
5116		message rather than the host.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon
5117		of Best Internet Communications.
5118	The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers.  Problem noted by Tom Moore
5119		of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
5120	Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
5121		(including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
5122		had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
5123		to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
5124		Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
5125	If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
5126		rescheduled (so queue runs would stop).  Patch from Don Lewis.
5127	Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
5128		status code.  Problem noted by Don Lewis.
5129	Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
5130		Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5131	Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
5132		already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
5133		K line, and the documentation.  Inconsistency pointed out
5134		by Roy Mongiovi.
5135	Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode.  Patch from
5136		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5137	Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
5138		it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
5139		caused stale information to be maintained.  Based on a patch
5140		from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc.  Also, have
5141		ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
5142	Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
5143		host status file condition.  Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
5144		of Kyoto University.
5145	Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
5146		conditions from Don Lewis.
5147	Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
5148		compile errors).  This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
5149		0/1 compilation flags.  Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
5150		compile flag; use NETINET instead.  Solution based on a
5151		patch from Bryan Costales.
5152	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5153		AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
5154			/etc/security/passwd file when called as root.  This
5155			is very slow on some systems.  To speed it up, use the
5156			(undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
5157			Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
5158		SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile.  Patch from Bill
5159			Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
5160		NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile.  Patch
5161			from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
5162		SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems.  Patches from Andrew Cole of
5163			Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
5164			of Tokyo.
5165		DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
5166			Services, Inc.
5167		Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
5168			I believe this to have only been a problem if you
5169			compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
5170			to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
5171		Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
5172			Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien.
5173	CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
5174		than one long one.  By popular demand.
5175	MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems.  Patch
5176		from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
5177	MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
5178		to take a very long time.  Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
5179		of NTT Software Corporation.
5180	CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
5181	NEW FILES:
5182		contrib/etrn.pl
5183
51848.8.3/8.8.3	1996/11/17
5185	SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
5186		about argv[0] and then sending it a signal.  Problem noted
5187		by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
5188		best-of-security list.
5189	Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
5190		(%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
5191		should make it clearer to people that they are running
5192		the wrong binary.
5193	Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
5194		do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
5195		the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
5196		"451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem
5197		noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
5198	When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
5199		lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
5200		with space at the end of the line.  Problem noted by Steve
5201		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5202	7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
5203		Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
5204	Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
5205		size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
5206		answers containing very many resource records.  The resolver
5207		may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
5208		overflow.  Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
5209		routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
5210		*un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
5211		not big enough to accommodate the entire answer.  Patch from
5212		Eric Wassenaar.
5213	Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code.  If you think you have too
5214		many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
5215		are still around.  Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
5216		Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
5217		pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
5218		due to a race condition.  Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
5219		UUNET.
5220	On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
5221		O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
5222		thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
5223		Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero.  Problem noted by
5224		Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
5225	Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
5226		allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
5227		it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored.  Patch from
5228		Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
5229	Improvements to host status printing code.  Suggested by Steve Hubert
5230		of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5231	Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
5232		when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
5233		avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
5234		Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
5235	When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
5236		properly escaped.  Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
5237		University of Linkoping.
5238	In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
5239		runs even if RunAsUser was set.  Problem noted by Mark
5240		Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
5241	If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
5242		actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
5243		the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
5244		the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
5245		other end.
5246	The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
5247		user id was numeric.  Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
5248		MCI Telecommunications Communications.
5249	If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
5250		the message was included in the bounce.  Note that this did
5251		not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size.  Problem
5252		reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5253	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5254		AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
5255			AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
5256			works on 4.1 as well as 4.2.  Problem noted by
5257			H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
5258		AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
5259			Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
5260		MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
5261			Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
5262		Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
5263			This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
5264			The outline of the implementation was contributed
5265			by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
5266		HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
5267			declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
5268			change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
5269			which is apparently the only compiler that requires
5270			it in the first place.  Problem noted by Jeff
5271			Earickson of Colby College.
5272		IRIX: don't default to using gcc.  IRIX is a civilized
5273			operating system that comes with a decent compiler
5274			by default.  Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
5275			Kari Hurtta.
5276	CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
5277		consistency with other local mailers.  Inconsistency
5278		pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
5279	CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
5280		overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
5281		domain part was dropped from the name.  Patch from Steve
5282		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5283	CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
5284		end up being translated to the null host name, which would
5285		return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
5286		of the line.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
5287		University of Washington, Seattle.
5288	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4).  From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
5289		Polytechnic Institute.
5290	MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
5291		Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
5292	NEW FILES:
5293		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
5294		cf/ostype/aix4.m4
5295		cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
5296
52978.8.2/8.8.2	1996/10/18
5298	SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
5299		changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
5300	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5301		Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
5302			apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
5303			Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
5304	OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
5305		from this document.  These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
5306	CONFIG: no changes.
5307
53088.8.1/8.8.1	1996/10/17
5309	SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
5310		examine during queue runs and daemon mode.  Problem noted
5311		by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
5312	SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
5313		message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
5314		to 8 bits.  This caused core dumps and has the potential
5315		for a remote attack.  Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
5316		of WPI.
5317	Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
5318		have flock(2) support.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
5319		Kyoto University.
5320	Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options.  If this option is null (as
5321		opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
5322		on illegal host names.
5323	If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
5324		the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
5325		final line.  Problem noted by Pierre David.
5326	If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
5327		setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
5328		Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
5329	Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
5330		be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
5331		to (say) mail-back.  Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5332	If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
5333		term host status.  This is necessary because it is common
5334		to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
5335	Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
5336		4.2.  Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
5337		University of Leicester.
5338	If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
5339		service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
5340		would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
5341		in the map.  This caused the message to be queued instead of
5342		bouncing immediately.  Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
5343		University of Washington.
5344	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5345		Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c.  Several
5346			people pointed this out.
5347		NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
5348		AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
5349			Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
5350	CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
5351		Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
5352	CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
5353		using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
5354		were also in $=w.  Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
5355		Softec.
5356	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX.  Based
5357		on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5358	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP.  From Patrick Nolan
5359		of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
5360
53618.8.0/8.8.0	1996/09/26
5362	Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
5363		deleted.  Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
5364	Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
5365		pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working.  I was
5366		urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
5367	Fix small buffer overflow.  Since the data in this buffer was not
5368		read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
5369		probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers).  Pointed
5370		out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
5371	Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
5372		if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
5373		-- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
5374		host was accessible.  Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
5375		NSC (Japan).
5376	A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
5377		have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
5378		causing SMTP to hang.  Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5379	The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
5380		incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
5381		semantics of binding on a passive socket.  Patch from
5382		NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
5383	Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
5384		handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
5385		has 13 at the moment (and climbing).  In order to avoid
5386		trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
5387		slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
5388		that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
5389		of those records could not exceed 128 bytes.  Requested by
5390		Brad Knowles of America On Line.
5391	Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
5392		Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
5393	Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
5394		printout.
5395	Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
5396	Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
5397		square braces.
5398	Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
5399		this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
5400		to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
5401	DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
5402		this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost.  Problem
5403		pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
5404		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5405	The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
5406		some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
5407		would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
5408		concerned.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
5409	Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
5410		the initial run.  Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
5411		Dandelion Digital.
5412	Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
5413		results that may come from NIS and DNS.
5414	4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
5415		include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
5416		things like /var/tmp.  Reported by Matthew Green.
5417	Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
5418		values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
5419		which was interpreted as normal.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
5420	The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
5421		since 8.7.2.  Fix from Bryan Costales.
5422	Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
5423		Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
5424		as base64).  The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
5425		or full types (e.g., "text/plain").  Based on a suggestion by
5426		Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
5427	Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
5428		dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
5429	Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
5430		BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
5431		mailers.
5432	Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
5433		flag is set in the mailer descriptor.  Suggested by John
5434		Myers of CMU.
5435	Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
5436		The command takes a host name; data for that host is
5437		immediately (and asynchronously) flushed.  Because this shares
5438		the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
5439		there should be no security implications.  Implementation
5440		from John Beck of InReference, Inc.  See RFC 1985 for details.
5441	Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
5442		(equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
5443		(equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
5444		(equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command).  Note
5445		that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
5446		to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
5447		nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
5448		parameter.
5449	Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
5450		apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
5451		and made it unsafe.  Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
5452		University of Maryland.
5453	New logging on log level 15:  all SMTP traffic.  Patches from
5454		Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
5455	NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
5456		a match.  This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
5457		had a memory leak).  Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
5458	Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups.  It was pointed
5459		out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
5460		use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
5461		that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
5462		address used for delivery.  The simple fix (stripping off the
5463		brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
5464		addresses.  This flag will solve that problem.
5465	Add MustQuoteChars option.  This is a list of characters that must
5466		be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
5467		(that is, the full name part).  The characters @,;:\()[] are
5468		always in this list and cannot be removed.  The default is
5469		this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
5470	Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
5471		that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
5472		some stupid SMTP clients.  Setting this violates RFC 1123
5473		section 5.2.5.
5474	Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
5475		rejecting connections if it has more than this many
5476		outstanding children accepting mail.  Note that you may
5477		see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
5478		is for incoming connections only.
5479	Add ConnectionRateThrottle option.  If set to a positive value, the
5480		number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
5481		in a single second is limited to this number.  Connections are
5482		not refused during this time, just deferred.  The intent is to
5483		flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
5484		It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
5485		accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
5486		(e.g., due to connection caching).
5487	Add Timeout.hoststatus option.  This interval (defaulting to 30m)
5488		specifies how long cached information about the state of a
5489		host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
5490		host is retried.  If you are using persistent host status
5491		(i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
5492		between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
5493		run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
5494		that take a very long time to run.
5495	Add SingleLineFromHeader option.  If set, From: headers are coerced
5496		into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
5497		when read.  This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
5498	Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
5499		item in a table it would be truncated.  Problem noted by
5500		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5501	Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
5502		-v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
5503		to be displayed.  Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5504	Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
5505		this was treated as end-of-input.  Problem noted by Bryan
5506		Costales.
5507	The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
5508		to the queue file.  Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
5509		Technologies, Inc.
5510	Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
5511		if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
5512		Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
5513	If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
5514		values for a given key, the database cursor would get
5515		trashed by the recursive call.  Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
5516		of Georgia Tech.  Fixed by reading all the values and creating
5517		a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
5518		different for this case.
5519	Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
5520		HES_GETMAILHOST is defined.  Based on a patch by Betty Lee
5521		of Stanford University.
5522	When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
5523		there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
5524		the owners would get the message.  Problem pointed out by
5525		Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5526	Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
5527		in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X.  Problem
5528		noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
5529	When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
5530		some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines.  Fix from
5531		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5532	When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
5533		failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
5534		that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned.  Noted
5535		by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
5536	Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
5537		have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
5538		error return of -1 doesn't work.  Use INADDR_NONE instead.
5539		This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
5540		or get dropped.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
5541		Pasteur Institute.
5542	DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
5543		rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
5544		the detailed status information would be wrong.  Problem noted
5545		by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
5546	Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
5547		that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission.  The flag current
5548		does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
5549		these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
5550		canonification.
5551	Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
5552		to \r\n on SMTP mailers.  Default remains \n on non-SMTP
5553		mailers.
5554	Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
5555		to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
5556		misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
5557		termination.  This will affect anyone who has redefined
5558		either of these in their configuration file.
5559	Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
5560		responses can be newline terminated.  From Terry Kennedy of
5561		St. Peter's College.
5562	Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
5563		$#mailer with nothing following.  From Bryan Costales.
5564	Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
5565		Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
5566	Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros.  Fix
5567		from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5568	After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
5569		processing each one.  This avoids a certain form of denial
5570		of service attack.  Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
5571		Costales.
5572	Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
5573		checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
5574		check_rcpt for RCPT commands.  These rulesets can do anything
5575		they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
5576		$#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
5577		and the command is rejected.  Similarly, the check_compat
5578		ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
5579		(the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
5580		it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
5581		notification.  Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
5582		in rulesets.
5583	Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
5584		that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
5585		of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
5586		the connection.  These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
5587		verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
5588		host inappropriately.  Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
5589		form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
5590		when sendmail reads the configuration file.
5591	Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
5592		information.  Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
5593		and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
5594		on that basis.
5595	Allow IDA-style recursive function calls.  Code contributed by Mark
5596		Lovell and Paul Vixie.
5597	Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
5598		a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
5599		macro.  Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
5600		Vixie.
5601	Add Stanford LDAP map.  Requires special libraries that are not
5602		included with sendmail.  Contributed by Booker C. Bense
5603		<bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
5604		See also the src/READ_ME file.
5605	Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
5606		puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video.  Really useful
5607		only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
5608		distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
5609		two characters $, +.
5610	Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
5611		debug_dumpstate.
5612	Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
5613		files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
5614		is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
5615		valid recipients.
5616	Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
5617		name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal.  Problem
5618		noted by Tom May.
5619	Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
5620		permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
5621		single message it could be confusing.  Suggested by John
5622		Beck of InReference, Inc.
5623	The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
5624		with CRLF.  Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
5625		Computing Corporation.
5626	Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
5627		message headers.  Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
5628		Internet Communications.
5629	Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
5630		used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
5631		characters appear in headers.  Problem noted by Anders Gertz
5632		of Lysator.
5633	Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions.  This only takes place if the
5634		recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
5635		text/plain body types.  Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
5636		of the University of Iceland.
5637	Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
5638		case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
5639		this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
5640		"POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster".  In most cases
5641		this change is a no-op.
5642	The -o map flag was ignored for text maps.  Problem noted by Bryan
5643		Costales.
5644	The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps.  Problem noted by
5645		Bryan Costales.
5646	Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
5647		response.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
5648	Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
5649		on LogLevel 14.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5650	Include port number in process title for network daemons.  Suggested
5651		by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5652	Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
5653		message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
5654		option (default: postmaster).  Previously they were always
5655		sent to postmaster.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5656	Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
5657		it runs in foreground.  This is useful for using with a
5658		wrapper that "watches" system services.  Suggested by Kyle
5659		Jones of UUNET.
5660	Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
5661		when the comment comes before the address.  Patch from
5662		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
5663	Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
5664		that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
5665		mail".  This permits the person who is postmaster more
5666		easily determine what messages are to their role as
5667		postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent.  Based
5668		on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
5669	Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
5670		to be sorted strictly by the time of submission.  Note that
5671		this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
5672		large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
5673		heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
5674		are down delay processing of new jobs).  Also, this does not
5675		guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
5676		unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue.  In general, it should
5677		probably only be used on the command line, and only in
5678		conjunction with -qRhost.domain.  In fact, there are very few
5679		cases where it should be used at all.  Based on an
5680		implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
5681	If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
5682		the same manner as other rulesets.  Previously a temporary
5683		failure in ruleset 5 was ignored.  Patch from Booker Bense
5684		of Stanford University.
5685	Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
5686		5yz (permanent failure) code.  The next MX host will still be
5687		tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
5688		or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
5689		(It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
5690		RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
5691		Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
5692	Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
5693		This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
5694		name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
5695		message.  This should only be used if your configuration file
5696		is prepared to do something sensible in this case.  Based on
5697		an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
5698	Fix problem finding network interface addresses.  Patch from
5699		Motonori Nakamura.
5700	Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
5701		you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
5702		certain kinds of firewall setups difficult.  Patch
5703		suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
5704	Add persistent host status.  This keeps the information normally
5705		maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
5706		shared between sendmail instances.  The HostStatusDirectory
5707		is the directory in which the information is maintained.  If
5708		not set, persistent host status is turned off.  If not a full
5709		pathname, it is relative to the queue directory.  A common
5710		value is ".hoststat".
5711		There are also two new operation modes:
5712		  * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
5713		    connections.
5714		  * -bH purges the host statuses.  No attempt is made to save
5715		    recent status information.
5716		This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
5717		Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
5718		Bigrock Consulting.  Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
5719		with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
5720		framework is gratefully appreciated.
5721	New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
5722		operate).  Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
5723		open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
5724		This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
5725		be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
5726		message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
5727		messages).  Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
5728		lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
5729		ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
5730		file descriptors.  Based on the persistent host status code
5731		contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
5732	Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
5733		SafeFileEnvironment option is set.  Problem noted by Bryan
5734		Costales.
5735	The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
5736		file.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
5737	If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
5738		the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
5739		left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
5740		Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
5741	Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
5742		based on release number.  For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
5743		search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
5744		Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
5745		adding $arch).  Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
5746		Webmasters.
5747	When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
5748		case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
5749		the map itself.  Previously this was done based on the F=u
5750		flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
5751		that you could never access.  Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
5752	When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
5753		failure or delay were always set.  This caused those
5754		notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
5755		specified.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
5756		of Washington, Seattle.
5757	Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c).  This
5758		lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
5759		this host.  If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
5760		"550 Access denied".  -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
5761		TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
5762		(See src/READ_ME for details.)
5763	Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
5764		bounces.  Some people seemed to think that this could be
5765		confusing (even though it is true).  Suggested by Motonori
5766		Nakamura.
5767	Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
5768		user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
5769		However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
5770		be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
5771		writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
5772		user.  It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
5773		option.  In other words, it may not actually add much to
5774		security.  However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
5775		places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
5776		well constrained.
5777	Add Timeout.iconnect.  This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
5778		only on the first attempt to delivery to an address.  It could
5779		be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
5780		the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
5781		responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
5782	Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
5783		(such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
5784		to a UDP port.  It also created some signal handling problems.
5785		The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
5786		and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+.  I am
5787		indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
5788	Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
5789		will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup.  This adds
5790		fuzzy matching to the user map.  Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
5791	The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
5792		denial-of-service attack.  Problem noted by Christophe
5793		Wolfhugel.
5794	Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
5795		notification.  Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
5796	Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
5797		option is set, since this disables VERB mode.  Suggested
5798		by John Hawkinson of MIT.
5799	Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set.  Problem noted
5800		by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
5801	Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
5802		were no successful opens.  The previous behavior caused it
5803		to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found.  Problem
5804		noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
5805		and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
5806	Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
5807		is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
5808		the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
5809		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
5810	Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
5811		instead of 0644.  Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
5812		National University of Singapore.
5813	Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery.  This helps
5814		detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
5815		system can't cope with.
5816	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5817		Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
5818			Atlas International.
5819		Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
5820			<bicknell@ufp.org>.
5821		On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
5822			work on the first recipient of a message due to a
5823			bug in the getpwent family.  If this is something you
5824			use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
5825			workaround.  From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
5826			Bernstein and Associates.
5827		FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
5828			parentheses, which breaks makesendmail.  Reported
5829			by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
5830		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
5831			Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
5832		Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
5833			it is system-dependent.  Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
5834			of Bailey Computer Consulting.
5835		Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
5836			Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
5837		HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
5838			U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
5839		NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
5840		SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5841		IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
5842			Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5843			Institute.
5844		UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
5845			Lopez, CICA (Seville).
5846		NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
5847		PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
5848			Employment Standards Administration.
5849		Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
5850		Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
5851			Jr.
5852		NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
5853			from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
5854		ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
5855			from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
5856		Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
5857		NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
5858		NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
5859		Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
5860			of the University of Arizona.
5861		Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid.  Noted by David Linn of
5862			Vanderbilt University.
5863		Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
5864			Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
5865			this auto-detects.  Based on a patch from Randall
5866			Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5867	CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file.  Contributed by
5868		Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
5869	CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
5870		(where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
5871		worked only on hosts).  Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
5872		Foundation.
5873	CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
5874	CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
5875		if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
5876		should be transparent for most everyone.  Suggested by John
5877		Myers of CMU.
5878	CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade).  Without this feature, any
5879		domain listed in $=w is masqueraded.  With it, only those
5880		domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
5881	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain).  This causes
5882		masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
5883		hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
5884		themselves.  For example, if a configuration had
5885		MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
5886		foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
5887		masqueraded as well.  Based on an implementation by Richard
5888		(Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
5889	CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
5890		outgoing addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
5891		Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses.  Yes,
5892		this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
5893		just when to use which one may be tricky.  Based on code
5894		contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
5895		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5896	CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
5897		incoming addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
5898		Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
5899		part (with the @ sign).  For example, a table containing:
5900			info@foo.com	foo-info
5901			info@bar.com	bar-info
5902			@baz.org	jane@elsewhere.net
5903		would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
5904		(which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
5905		to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
5906		be sent to jane@elsewhere.net.  The names foo.com, bar.com,
5907		and baz.org must all be in $=w.  Based on discussions with
5908		a great many people.
5909	CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
5910		Suggested by Richard Bainter.
5911	CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
5912		"fax" mailer.
5913	CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
5914		passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
5915		mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
5916		additional clever processing.  From Joe Pruett of
5917		Teleport Corporation.  Delivery to the original user can
5918		be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
5919	CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
5920		"mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
5921		"local:user" can also be used to do local delivery.  This
5922		applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries.  Based
5923		on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
5924	CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
5925		limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
5926		lookups required to support this feature.  For example,
5927		FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
5928		to domains under my.site.com.  Code contributed by Anthony
5929		Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
5930	CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
5931		such as the check_rcpt ruleset.  Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
5932		of WPI.
5933	CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
5934		event you have to define local mailers.  Suggested by
5935		Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
5936	CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
5937		be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax.  Based on a patch by
5938		Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
5939	CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
5940		remotely connected.  The address host!user was being
5941		converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
5942		Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
5943	CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
5944	CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
5945		"User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
5946		new address is still on the local host.  Based on a suggestion
5947		by Andreas Luik.
5948	CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
5949		However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
5950		Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5951	CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
5952		Wolfhugel.
5953	CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
5954	MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris.  Note
5955		well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
5956		Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
5957		different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
5958		and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
5959		match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer.  Patches from Paul
5960		Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
5961	MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
5962		was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
5963		was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
5964		the open.  Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
5965		Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
5966	MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably.  Patch from Bryan
5967		Costales.
5968	MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
5969	MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
5970		honored.  Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
5971	PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
5972	NEW FILES:
5973		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
5974		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
5975		src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
5976		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
5977		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
5978		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
5979		mailstats/mailstats.8
5980		praliases/praliases.8
5981		cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
5982		cf/feature/genericstable.m4
5983		cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
5984		cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
5985		cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
5986		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
5987		cf/ostype/altos.m4
5988		cf/ostype/maxion.m4
5989		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
5990		cf/ostype/uxpds.m4
5991		contrib/re-mqueue.pl
5992	DELETED FILES:
5993		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
5994		contrib/xla/README
5995		contrib/xla/xla.c
5996	RENAMED FILES:
5997		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 =>	Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
5998		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 =>	Makefile.SCO.4.2
5999		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS =>		Makefile.UXPDSV10
6000		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT =>		Makefile.NeXT.2.x
6001		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP =>	Makefile.NeXT.3.x
6002
60038.7.6/8.7.3	1996/09/17
6004	SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
6005		queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
6006		as the default user.  This is not exploitable from off-site.
6007		Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
6008		(old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
6009	SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
6010		a local user to get root.  This is not known to be exploitable
6011		from off-site.  The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
6012
60138.7.5/8.7.3	1996/03/04
6014	Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
6015		in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
6016		extra spaces in odd places.  Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
6017		reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
6018		Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
6019		and others.
6020
60218.7.4/8.7.3	1996/02/18
6022	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
6023		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
6024		any user (except root).
6025	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
6026		version number is unchanged.
6027
60288.7.3/8.7.3	1995/12/03
6029	Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
6030		two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly.  Fix
6031		from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6032	Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
6033		negative array subscripting.  Not a security problem since
6034		this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
6035		core dumps.  Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
6036	Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names.  Pointed out by Bryan
6037		Costales.
6038	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6039		SCO doesn't have ftruncate.  From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
6040		IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
6041			order.  Tweak it to work properly.  Based on fixes
6042			from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
6043			Stanford University.
6044	CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
6045		Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6046
60478.7.2/8.7.2	1995/11/19
6048	REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
6049		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options.  They were not
6050		properly repaired in 8.7.1.
6051	Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
6052		valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
6053		last being a historic botch, of course).  If Bcc: is the
6054		only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
6055		but the header name is kept.  The old behavior (always keep
6056		the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
6057		to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
6058	Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
6059		sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages.  Suggested
6060		by Kari Hurtta.
6061	If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
6062		continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
6063		return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
6064		For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
6065		with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
6066		but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
6067		a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
6068		failure in the hosts.files map.  This error caused hard
6069		bounces when it should have requeued.
6070	Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
6071		owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
6072		working properly due to excessive paranoia.  Pointed out by
6073		John Hawkinson of Panix.
6074	An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
6075		timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
6076		queued it locally).  Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
6077		to simplify queue management for clustered systems.  Suggested
6078		by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.  The same problem could break
6079		MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
6080		-- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
6081		Infobiogen.
6082	Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring().  This was not a security
6083		problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
6084		without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
6085		good idea to avoid future problems.  Problem noted by John
6086		Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
6087	``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
6088		printed.  Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
6089	Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
6090		is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
6091		created.  Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
6092	Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
6093		be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher.  Suggested
6094		by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
6095	Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
6096		underscores.
6097	Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
6098		alias.  Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
6099		of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
6100	If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
6101		is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
6102		included even if the user did not request success notification,
6103		which was confusing.  Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
6104	Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
6105		using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
6106		configurations.  Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
6107		having no local alias file unless it is declared.  Problem
6108		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
6109	Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined.  Pointed out by Bryan
6110		Costales of ICSI.
6111	Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
6112		should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps.  Pointed
6113		out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
6114	Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
6115		even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
6116		address with an "@".  Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
6117		Technological University.
6118	When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
6119		dots alone on a line by themselves.  This is because of the
6120		preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
6121		Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6122	Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing.  Pointed
6123		out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
6124	Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
6125		Requested by Allan Johannesen.
6126	Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
6127		to have the database format of the alias files without the
6128		text version.  Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
6129		Inc.
6130	If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
6131		imported from the environment.  Pointed out by Frank Crawford
6132		<frank@ansto.gov.au>.
6133	Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
6134		extra arguments.  Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
6135		University.
6136	Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
6137		the parent should do this.  Fix from Brian Coan of the
6138		Association for Progressive Communications.
6139	If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
6140		during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
6141		reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
6142		didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
6143		even though it was fatal).  The fix is to not return such
6144		messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
6145		MinQueueAge interval.  Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
6146		SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
6147	Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
6148		that have the hes_getmailhost() routine.  DEC Hesiod
6149		distributions do not have this routine.  Based on a patch
6150		from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
6151	Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
6152		in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
6153		non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures.  This should solve the
6154		occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
6155		has plagued me for quite some time.  Based on a patch from
6156		Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
6157	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6158		Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
6159			/usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings.  From
6160			James B. Davis of TCI.
6161		DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm.  From
6162			Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6163		HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
6164			so that the makesendmail script will find it.  Pointed
6165			out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
6166			Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
6167			isn't supported on all compilers.
6168		UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
6169	CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
6170		you also had a FAX_RELAY.  From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
6171	CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
6172		didn't have trailing dot.  From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
6173	CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
6174		user%host@thishost.  From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
6175		(France).
6176	CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
6177		Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
6178	CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
6179		such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local).  Based on
6180		a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
6181	CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
6182		have already been set.  Previously it worked differently
6183		for different files.
6184	CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did.  My take
6185		is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
6186		for some people.  From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6187	CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
6188		portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
6189		changes).
6190
61918.7.1/8.7.1	1995/10/01
6192	Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
6193		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
6194		escapes in the options, where they previously had.  Bug
6195		pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
6196	Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
6197		returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
6198		would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
6199		particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
6200		ignored.  Change to ignore the value if the program returns
6201		non-zero exit status.  From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
6202	Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
6203		bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine.  Although
6204		this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
6205		has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
6206		internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
6207		dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
6208		target.  Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
6209		These both have possible security implications.  Solutions
6210		suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
6211		(Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
6212	Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
6213		parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
6214		results.  This could have security implications.
6215	If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
6216		routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
6217		Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
6218	Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
6219		sort first within a given preference.  This forces the bestmx
6220		map to always return the local host first, if it is included
6221		in the list of highest priority MX records.  From K. Robert
6222		Elz.
6223	Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences.  Fixes from Randy
6224		Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
6225	When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
6226		domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
6227		(e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
6228		sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
6229		really needs.  This has been changed to fall through to the
6230		next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
6231		file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
6232		short name was found in /etc/hosts.  This is probably a crock,
6233		but many people have hosts files without FQDNs.  Remember:
6234		domain names are your friends.
6235	Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
6236		Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
6237	When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
6238		Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
6239	Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
6240		connection timeout in the kernel.  Add a new "connect" timeout
6241		to limit this time.  Defaults to zero (use whatever the
6242		kernel provides).  Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
6243		of TerraNet.
6244	Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
6245		removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
6246		(This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
6247		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
6248		of WPI.
6249	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6250		On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
6251			of sendmail.st location.  Change the Makefile to
6252			install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
6253			file and SGI standards.  From Andre
6254			<andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
6255		Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
6256			from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
6257		Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
6258		LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
6259		SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
6260			dbm library.  The ndbm library is part of libc.
6261	CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
6262		``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
6263		Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6264	CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
6265		since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
6266		rebuild.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6267	CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
6268		otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
6269		the sender.  Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
6270		Infobiogen (France).
6271	NEW FILES:
6272		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
6273		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
6274		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
6275
62768.7/8.7		1995/09/16
6277	Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
6278		descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
6279		vfork.  Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
6280		Global Communications.
6281	Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
6282		people seemed to think that it was too rude.
6283	Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
6284		was not defined.  This was used "safely" in the sense
6285		that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
6286		map modification time improperly.  Problem pointed out
6287		by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6288	Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
6289		receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
6290		can be confusing.
6291	Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
6292		useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
6293	Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
6294		file on systems with no database method compiled in.
6295	If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
6296		up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
6297		compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
6298		RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
6299		Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
6300		Maryland.
6301	Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
6302		There is nothing that says you can't have a long
6303		running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
6304		/bin/mail, which just execs sendmail).  Problem reported
6305		by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6306	Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
6307		is not set.  This allows you to have hosts listed in
6308		NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS.  It's normally
6309		a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines.  This
6310		should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
6311	Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
6312		prototypes.  From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6313	Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
6314		by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
6315		$[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
6316		times.  From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6317	SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
6318		the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
6319		This involves adding two new compile-time options:
6320		HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
6321		available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
6322		is available -- the Release 3 form is used).  The former
6323		is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
6324		V-based systems.  Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
6325		Swarthmore University.
6326	New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
6327		``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
6328		``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
6329		``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
6330			ruleset.
6331		``=M'' will display the known mailers.
6332		``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
6333			-d debug flag.
6334		``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
6335		``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
6336		``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
6337		``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
6338			crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
6339			and the parsed address.
6340		``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
6341			it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
6342		``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing.  The
6343			flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
6344			and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient.  These
6345			can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
6346			recipients.
6347		``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
6348			return the result.
6349		``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
6350			`mapname' and return the result.
6351	Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
6352		should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
6353	Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
6354		the header for envelope sender information and uses
6355		CR-LF as message terminators.  It was thought to be
6356		obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
6357		turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
6358		that functionality.
6359	Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
6360		return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
6361		that name fails, wait one minute and try again.  This can
6362		result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
6363		hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
6364		listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
6365	Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
6366		RFC 1123 section 5.2.5.  Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
6367		of Michigan Technological University.
6368	Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
6369		can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
6370		if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
6371		chown is not safe.  The new version falls back to whether
6372		you are on a BSD system or not.  This is important for
6373		SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
6374		error codes.  This impacts whether you can mail to files
6375		or not.
6376	Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
6377		file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
6378		syntax error in the config file.  Change to always print
6379		the error message.  It was especially weird because it
6380		would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
6381		for every message sent (but with no transcript).  Problem
6382		noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
6383	Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
6384		zero bytes.  These changes are internally extensive, but
6385		should have minimal impact on external function.
6386	Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
6387		(apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
6388			O MatchGECOS=TRUE
6389		The full list of old and new names is as follows:
6390			7	SevenBitInput
6391			8	EightBitMode
6392			A	AliasFile
6393			a	AliasWait
6394			B	BlankSub
6395			b	MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
6396			C	CheckpointInterval
6397			c	HoldExpensive
6398			D	AutoRebuildAliases
6399			d	DeliveryMode
6400			E	ErrorHeader
6401			e	ErrorMode
6402			f	SaveFromLine
6403			F	TempFileMode
6404			G	MatchGECOS
6405			H	HelpFile
6406			h	MaxHopCount
6407			i	IgnoreDots
6408			I	ResolverOptions
6409			J	ForwardPath
6410			j	SendMimeErrors
6411			k	ConnectionCacheSize
6412			K	ConnectionCacheTimeout
6413			L	LogLevel
6414			l	UseErrorsTo
6415			m	MeToo
6416			n	CheckAliases
6417			O	DaemonPortOptions
6418			o	OldStyleHeaders
6419			P	PostmasterCopy
6420			p	PrivacyOptions
6421			Q	QueueDirectory
6422			q	QueueFactor
6423			R	DontPruneRoutes
6424			r, T	Timeout
6425			S	StatusFile
6426			s	SuperSafe
6427			t	TimeZoneSpec
6428			u	DefaultUser
6429			U	UserDatabaseSpec
6430			V	FallbackMXHost
6431			v	Verbose
6432			w	TryNullMXList
6433			x	QueueLA
6434			X	RefuseLA
6435			Y	ForkEachJob
6436			y	RecipientFactor
6437			z	ClassFactor
6438			Z	RetryFactor
6439		The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
6440		been changed to options; those correspondences are:
6441			$e	SmtpGreetingMessage
6442			$l	UnixFromLine
6443			$o	OperatorChars
6444			$q	(deleted -- not necessary)
6445		To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
6446		configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
6447		sendmail; any config file using the new names should
6448		specify "V6" in the configuration.
6449	Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
6450		colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
6451		as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
6452		treat them as comments).  This is to handle the
6453		``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
6454		assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
6455		address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
6456		This requires config file support to get right.  It does
6457		understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
6458		off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
6459	Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
6460		    A	Addresses are aliasable.
6461		    i	Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
6462			sender lines.  Applies to the from address mailer
6463			flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
6464		    j	Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
6465			Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
6466			recipient mailer flags.
6467		    k	Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
6468		    o	Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
6469			delivery.
6470		    w	Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
6471		    5	Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
6472		    :	Check for :include: on this address.
6473		    |	Check for |program on this address.
6474		    /	Check for /file on this address.
6475		    @	Look up sender header addresses in the user
6476			database.  Applies to the mailer flags for the
6477			mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
6478			address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
6479		Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
6480		on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
6481		mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
6482	Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions.  This borrows ideas from
6483		John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
6484		their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
6485		mime.c for an explanation of why).  This adds the
6486		EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
6487		to control handling of 8-bit data.  These have to cope with
6488		two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
6489		8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
6490		MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
6491		specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
6492		as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
6493		-B8BITMIME command line flag).  If the F=8 mailer flag is
6494		set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
6495		instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
6496		just-send-8 semantics).  The values for EightBitMode are:
6497		    m	convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
6498			any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
6499			(essentially, the full MIME option).
6500		    p	pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
6501			8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
6502		    s	strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
6503			convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required.  The F=8
6504			flag is ignored.
6505		Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
6506			the setting of F=8.
6507	Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
6508		which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
6509		considerations.  Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
6510		never directly encoded (although their components can be).
6511	Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
6512		MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
6513		they are an RFC822 message.  It is predefined to have
6514		"rfc822".  Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
6515	Add new internal class 'e'.  This is the set of MIME
6516		Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
6517		a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64).  It is
6518		preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
6519	Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
6520		short name) to set the default character set to use in the
6521		Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
6522		which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format.  If the C=
6523		parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
6524		the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
6525		If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
6526		suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
6527	Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
6528		user and group that a mailer will be executed as.  This
6529		overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
6530		also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
6531		is, the controlling address is ignored).  The values may be
6532		numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
6533		group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
6534		as the group.  Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
6535		Unicom.
6536	Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
6537		fashion as the U= mailer option.
6538	Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
6539		a comment).  This adds a new compile-time configuration
6540		flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
6541		of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
6542		of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
6543		*tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
6544		timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment).  Code
6545		from Chip Rosenthal.
6546	The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
6547		For example,
6548		    O Timeout.helo = 2m
6549		There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
6550		"queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option.  Thus, to
6551		set them both the preferred new syntax is
6552		    O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
6553		    O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
6554	Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
6555		QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
6556		``host''.  This makes better use of the connection cache,
6557		but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
6558		backlogs under some circumstances.  This is probably a
6559		good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
6560		of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
6561		something like PPP on a 14.4 modem.  Based on code
6562		contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
6563		contribution was to make it configurable).
6564	Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
6565		after disastrous disk crash.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
6566		UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
6567		by Paul Vixie.  NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
6568		are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
6569		from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
6570	Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
6571		route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
6572		they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
6573		I/O redirection.
6574	Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
6575		can be confusing.
6576	Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
6577		*-request addresses.  Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
6578		of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
6579	Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
6580	Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
6581		to run the queue.  For example, if the queue interval
6582		(-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
6583		is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
6584		once every fifteen minutes.  This can be used to give
6585		you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
6586		queue-only.
6587	Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
6588		:include: and .forward files.
6589	Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
6590		key field name, the value field name, and the field
6591		delimiter.  The field delimiter can be a single character
6592		or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
6593		These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
6594	Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
6595		turns off this behavior.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
6596	Add "nisplus" map class.  Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
6597		key and value field names respectively.  Code donated by
6598		Sun Microsystems.
6599	Add "hesiod" map class.  The "file name" is used as the
6600		"HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3).  Returns the
6601		first value found for the match.  Code donated by Scott
6602		Hutton of Indiana University.
6603	Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class.  Maps can have a -k flag to
6604		specify the name of the property that is searched as the
6605		key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
6606		is returned as the value (defaults to "members").  The
6607		default map is "/aliases".  Some code based on code
6608		contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
6609	Add "text" map class.  This does slow, linear searches through
6610		text files.  The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
6611		(defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
6612		sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
6613		value column number.  Lines beginning with `#' are treated
6614		as comments.
6615	Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs.  The search
6616		key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
6617		line read from the programs standard output.  Exit statuses
6618		are from sysexits.h.
6619	Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
6620		finds a match.  For example, the declarations:
6621		    Kmap1 ...
6622		    Kmap2 ...
6623		    Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
6624		defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
6625		value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
6626		map2 is searched and the value returned.
6627	Add "switch" map class.  This is much like "sequence" except that
6628		the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
6629		the system service switch.  The parameter is the name of
6630		the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
6631		are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
6632		For example, if the declaration of the map is
6633		    Ksample switch hosts
6634		and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
6635		looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
6636		equivalent to
6637		    Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
6638		The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
6639	Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam.  Takes a
6640		"-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
6641		entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
6642		gecos, dir, and shell.  Generally expected to be used with
6643		the -m (matchonly) flag.
6644	Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
6645		listed as the value.  If there are several "best" MX records
6646		for this host, one will be chosen at random.
6647	Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
6648		The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
6649		typically "mailname".  If there are multiple entries
6650		matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
6651	Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning).  These are
6652		set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
6653		three values.  If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
6654		"urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
6655		used.  If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
6656		if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
6657		zero, urgent timeouts are used.  Otherwise, normal timeouts
6658		are used.  The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
6659		queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
6660	Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
6661		with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
6662		but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
6663		This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
6664		of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
6665	When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
6666		the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
6667		search for the first one with a dot.  For example, if
6668		an /etc/hosts entry reads
6669		    128.32.149.68	mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
6670		this change will use the second name as the canonical
6671		machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
6672	Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
6673		indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
6674		For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
6675		"Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
6676		quoted (because of the space character).  Suggested by Dan
6677		Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
6678	Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
6679		be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
6680		Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''.  Names that have
6681		a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
6682		reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
6683		should use names that begin with a capital letter.  Based
6684		on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
6685	Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
6686		to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
6687		with no members).  Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
6688	Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
6689		failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
6690		xalloc....  The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
6691		Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
6692	Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
6693		checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
6694		IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
6695		deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
6696		much longer than the specified timeout.
6697	If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
6698		writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
6699		this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
6700		denial-of-service attack.
6701	Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
6702		defined.  It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
6703		user names.  Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
6704	Add service switch support.  If the local OS has a service
6705		switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
6706		on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
6707		to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
6708		option (default: /etc/service.switch).  For example, if the
6709		service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
6710		service, that will be the default lookup order.  the "files"
6711		("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
6712		you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
6713		actually file lookups.
6714	Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
6715		variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
6716		canonical.  This is now determined based on whether or not
6717		"dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
6718	Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
6719		Status Notifications).  DSN notifications override
6720		Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
6721		support for them has been removed.
6722	Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
6723		definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
6724		MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
6725	Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
6726		five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
6727		message (not just the second line).  This is to provide
6728		better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
6729	Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
6730		easily see how much progress you have made.  Suggested
6731		by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6732	Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
6733		syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
6734		Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
6735	Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
6736		multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
6737		also improves the connection cache utilization.
6738	Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
6739		the purposes of refusing to send error returns.  Suggested
6740		by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
6741	Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
6742		the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
6743		real uid/gid.  This allows you to create a file owned by
6744		and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
6745		all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set).  Change
6746		suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
6747		Microsystems.
6748	Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
6749		delay for dial on demand systems.  If this is non-zero
6750		and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
6751		then try again.  If it takes longer than the kernel
6752		timeout interval to establish the connection, this
6753		option can give the network software time to establish
6754		the link.  The default units are seconds.
6755	Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
6756		previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
6757		sent to aliases.  Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
6758		Defense Information Systems Agency.
6759	Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
6760		BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told.  From Douglas Anderson of
6761		the National Computer Security Center.
6762	Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
6763		you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
6764		last try.  It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
6765		lists to favor "quick" addresses.  Provided for use by
6766		the mailprio scripts (see below).
6767	If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
6768		an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
6769		map instead of bouncing it.  This involves creating a
6770		pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
6771		map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
6772		all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail".  The
6773		bogus-map class is not directly accessible.  A sample
6774		implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
6775		University Computing Service.
6776	Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
6777		SMTP on its standard input.  Fix from Keith Moore of
6778		the University of Kentucky.
6779	Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
6780		previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
6781		as a file.  Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
6782	Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon.  This only works if
6783		argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
6784	Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
6785		-- the network number wasn't being converted to network
6786		byte order.  Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
6787		Corporation.
6788	Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
6789		BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
6790		reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
6791		out.  Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
6792	Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
6793		locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
6794		an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added.  This really
6795		just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
6796		can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
6797		Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
6798		if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
6799	Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
6800		properly if they do not already exist.  This had been
6801		a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
6802	Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
6803		(but not prevent, sigh) race conditions.  This ought to
6804		be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't.  Suggested by
6805		Michael Beirne of Motorola.
6806	Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
6807		holding the queue.  Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
6808		Communications.
6809	Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
6810		when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
6811		succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case.  This avoids
6812		significant performance problems when looking for .forward
6813		files.  Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
6814	Allow symbolic ruleset names.  Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
6815		arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
6816		to assign a specific ruleset number.  Reference is
6817		$>name_or_number.  Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
6818		underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
6819	Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
6820		From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6821	Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
6822		no legal recipient header in the message.  It can take
6823		on values:
6824		  None			Leave the message as is.  The
6825					message will be passed on even
6826					though it is in technically
6827					illegal syntax.
6828		  Add-To		Add a To: header with any
6829					recipients that it can find from
6830					the envelope.  This risks exposing
6831					Bcc: recipients.
6832		  Add-Apparently-To	Add an Apparently-To: header.  This
6833					has almost no redeeming social value,
6834					and is provided only for back
6835					compatibility.
6836		  Add-To-Undisclosed	Add a header reading
6837					To: undisclosed-recipients:;
6838					which will have the effect of
6839					making the message legal without
6840					exposing Bcc: recipients.
6841		  Add-Bcc		To add an empty Bcc: header.
6842					There is a chance that mailers down
6843					the line will delete this header,
6844					which could cause exposure of Bcc:
6845					recipients.
6846		The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
6847	Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header.  This
6848		should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
6849		themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
6850		be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
6851		recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
6852	Add SafeFileEnvironment option.  If declared, files named as delivery
6853		targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
6854		checks.  Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
6855		the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
6856		environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
6857		alias or forward should include the name of this root.
6858		For example, if you run with
6859			O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
6860		then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path".  If a
6861		value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
6862		/usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
6863		queue as Qfxxxxxx).  Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
6864	Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
6865		entries.  For example, given the aliases:
6866			list: member1
6867			list: member2
6868		and an alias file declared as:
6869			OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
6870		the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
6871		without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
6872		alias for "list".  Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6873	Line-buffer transcript file.  Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
6874	Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
6875		some special circumstances.  Problem pointed out by Allan
6876		Johannesen.
6877	(Internal change.)  Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
6878		to be simpler and more consistent.
6879	Delete check for funny qf file names.  This didn't really give
6880		any extra security and caused some people some problems.
6881		(If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
6882		at compile time.)  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6883	(Internal change.)  Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
6884		merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
6885		This may affect some people who have written their own
6886		checkcompat() routine.
6887	(Internal change.)  Eliminate `D' line in qf file.  The df file
6888		is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
6889		the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
6890	Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
6891		"expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
6892		Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
6893		if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
6894	Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
6895		(specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
6896		failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
6897		command).  Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
6898		Corporation.
6899	Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
6900		Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
6901		where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
6902		the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
6903		architecture (e.g., sun4).  Any of these can be omitted,
6904		and anything after the first dot in a release number can
6905		be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4).  The previous
6906		version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
6907	Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
6908		when it is being created.  This involves adding an empty
6909		"depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
6910	Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
6911		as indicated by RFC 1413.  Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
6912		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6913	Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
6914		on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
6915		Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
6916	Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
6917		the header.
6918	Log Authentication-Warning:s.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
6919	Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
6920		to canonify addresses in headers on the fly.  This is still
6921		a rather ugly heuristic.  From Motonori Nakamura.
6922	Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
6923		records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
6924		lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
6925		qualified.  This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
6926		although it may cause other problems.  In general, don't use
6927		wildcard MX records.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
6928	Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message.  Instead of
6929		adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
6930		is added between the first and second word of the first
6931		line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
6932		host name).  This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
6933		compile flag.  Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
6934		acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
6935		old sendmails understand.
6936	Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
6937		invoked state dumps.  From Masaharu Onishi.
6938	Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
6939		introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
6940		is a space or a tab.  This is intended for native
6941		representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
6942		existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
6943		data -- for example,
6944		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
6945					(romanized/less information)
6946		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
6947					      =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
6948					(with MIME encoding, not human readable)
6949		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
6950					(native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
6951		The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
6952		Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
6953	Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
6954		messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
6955		with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
6956		421 (service shutting down).  The effect was to cause queues
6957		to sometimes take an excessive time to flush.  Reported by
6958		Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
6959		Eric Prestemon of American University.
6960	Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
6961		run.  This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
6962		increment on the background value).
6963	Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads.  They are logged
6964		at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8.  Contributed
6965		by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
6966	Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
6967		instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
6968		Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
6969	Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
6970		to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
6971		in addition to the set required by RFC 1521.  The additional
6972		characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
6973		(Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
6974	Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
6975		rather than looking for the mailer named *file*.  The mapping
6976		of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer.  This
6977		allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
6978		program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
6979		or do special security policy.  However, note that the usual
6980		initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
6981		the program in question needs to be very careful about how
6982		it does the file write to avoid security problems.
6983	Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
6984		regular users.  This is disrecommended because sendmail
6985		sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
6986		is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
6987		safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
6988		whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
6989		Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
6990	Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
6991		file.  This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
6992		service type is "files".
6993	Implement programs on F (read class from file) line.  The syntax is
6994		Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
6995		into class "c".
6996	Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
6997		host.  Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call.  Code
6998		contributed by SunSoft.
6999	Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
7000		variables into children.  "E<envar>" will propagate
7001		the named variable from the environment when sendmail
7002		was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
7003		sets the named variable to the indicated value.  Any
7004		variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
7005		environment.  However, sendmail still forces an
7006		"AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
7007		at least one environment variable, since many programs and
7008		libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
7009	Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
7010		alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
7011		"/yp/" in the file name.  This is more portable and involves
7012		less overhead.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7013	Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
7014		jobs in large queue runs.  The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
7015		is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
7016		should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
7017		which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
7018		be handled in a single queue run.  Based on code contributed
7019		by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
7020	Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
7021		message size.  Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
7022	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
7023		an X-Authentication-Warning: added.  Suggested by Mark Thomas
7024		of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
7025	Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
7026		OS-dependent defines).  The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
7027		run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
7028		and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
7029		all output files) has been moved to 52.100.  This makes
7030		things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
7031		semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
7032		it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
7033		flags.
7034	If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
7035		error message rather than just doing nothing.  Fix from
7036		Motonori Nakamura.
7037	On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
7038		included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
7039		`restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
7040		user to not be able to use `mailq'.  Fix from Charles Hannum
7041		of MIT.
7042	Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers.  Suggested by
7043		Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
7044	Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
7045		when running DNS.  For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
7046		a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
7047		the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
7048		if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
7049		This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
7050		IETF is moving toward legalizing it.  Note that turning on
7051		this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
7052		neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
7053	Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
7054		directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
7055		the make.
7056	Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
7057		to detect attacks against the qf file.  In particular,
7058		abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
7059		file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
7060	Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
7061		choices.  This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
7062		either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
7063		(to the extent that we know it) or by defining
7064		_PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override").  This allows
7065		sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
7066	Allow macros on `K' line in config file.  Suggested by Andrew Chang
7067		of Sun Microsystems.
7068	Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar.  This one
7069		is at least 50% faster.
7070	Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
7071		transient error.  Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
7072		University.
7073	Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
7074		classes.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7075	Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
7076		of dropping out entirely.  This makes testing some of the
7077		name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
7078		hung servers.  From Motonori Nakamura.
7079	Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
7080		(e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.).  Suggested by
7081		Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
7082	Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
7083		Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
7084		any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
7085		want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued.  For
7086		this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
7087		of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
7088	Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
7089		Carnegie Mellon.
7090	Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
7091		support.
7092	Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
7093		not send for past N days".  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
7094		Global Information Solutions.
7095	Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
7096		From Motonori Nakamura.
7097	Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags.  From
7098		Motonori Nakamura.
7099	Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
7100		or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
7101	Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
7102		address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
7103		site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
7104		to the final dot of the data.  Problem reported by David
7105		James of British Telecom.
7106	Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work.  Patches
7107		from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
7108	Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
7109		that list the same host twice in an MX list.  This deletion
7110		only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
7111		had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
7112		A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B.  This is intentional,
7113		just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
7114		Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
7115	SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links.  If they are,
7116		a bad guy can read your private files.
7117	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7118		Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
7119		System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
7120			University.  This expands the disk size
7121			checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
7122		System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
7123			and setrlimit(2) are both available.
7124		System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
7125			apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
7126		Linux Makefile typo.
7127		Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
7128			from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
7129		More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
7130			University, Chico.
7131		Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar:  ``On Cray, shorts,
7132			ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
7133			are multiples of 64 bits.  This means that the
7134			sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
7135			This requires adaptation of code that really
7136			deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
7137			addresses or nameserver fields.''
7138		DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>.  To
7139			get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
7140		DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
7141			variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
7142		Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
7143			This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
7144			problems.
7145		Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
7146			match all the other configuration files.  Fix
7147			from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
7148		Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c.  Fix from Alain
7149			Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
7150		Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect.  Fix from
7151			Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
7152		SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
7153			emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
7154			doesn't require reading the file.  Fix from Peter
7155			Wemm of DIALix.
7156		Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
7157			library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
7158			they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
7159			socket clears the problem.  Fix from Bob Manson
7160			of Ohio State University.
7161		Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
7162			fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
7163			University.
7164		AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf
7165			of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t
7166			Mainz.
7167		AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
7168		SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
7169			wrong statfs call).
7170		ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
7171		Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
7172			University.
7173		DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
7174		IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
7175			Rochester Medical Center.
7176		Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
7177			did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
7178			their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
7179			Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
7180			Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
7181		OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
7182			<jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
7183			Division.
7184		Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
7185			<janet@dialix.oz.au>.
7186		System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
7187			Durand of I.M.A.G.
7188		HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
7189			Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
7190		Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
7191		Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
7192			Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
7193		Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
7194		ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
7195		IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
7196		ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
7197		HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
7198			of Meteo France.
7199		HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
7200		IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
7201		FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
7202		Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
7203		Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
7204		NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
7205		NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
7206		AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
7207		HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
7208		Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
7209			non-DEC resolver.  Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
7210		UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
7211			University of Brno (Czech Republic).
7212		KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
7213			of Colorado.
7214		UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
7215	MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
7216		in type ``btree'' maps.  The semantics of this are undefined
7217		for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
7218	MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
7219		lookups while the rebuild is going on.  There is a race
7220		condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
7221		on the file, but it should be quite small.
7222	SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release.  This can
7223		be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
7224		giving the local administrator more control over what
7225		programs can be run from sendmail.
7226	MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape.  It is not really
7227		part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
7228		particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
7229		never will.
7230	CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
7231		to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
7232		function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
7233	CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
7234		lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
7235		respond quickly get sent first.  This is to prevent very
7236		sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
7237		Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
7238	CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
7239		of BSDI.  This has a lot of comments to help people out.
7240	CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
7241		put this on the m4 command line.  On GNU m4 (which
7242		supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
7243		arbitrary directory -- use either:
7244			m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
7245		or
7246			m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
7247		On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
7248		can use:
7249			m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
7250		(Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
7251		Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
7252		compatibility.
7253	CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
7254		MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
7255	CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
7256		names.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
7257	CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
7258		From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
7259		County.
7260	CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
7261	CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
7262		just unqualified ones.
7263	CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
7264		was never used and didn't work anyway.
7265	CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
7266		and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
7267	CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
7268		look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
7269		finally for "user".  This is intended for forwarding mail
7270		for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
7271		centralized hub.
7272	CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
7273	CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
7274		The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
7275		this is expected to be another sendmail.
7276	CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
7277		the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
7278		wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
7279		and this can create unreplyable addresses.  From Chip
7280		Rosenthal of Unicom.
7281	CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
7282		Received: header inserted into all messages.  Suggested by
7283		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
7284	CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
7285		to get the old behavior.  I did this upon observing
7286		that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
7287		concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
7288		some user agents anyway.  FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
7289		but it is a no-op.
7290	CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
7291		names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
7292		as User Unknown.
7293	CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
7294		and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
7295		indicated mailers.  All default to "IPC $h".  Patch from
7296		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
7297	CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
7298		on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
7299		return-path.  From Kimmo Suominen.
7300	CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
7301		as the local mailer.  For addresses of the form "user+detail"
7302		the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
7303		Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
7304	CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
7305		use from mailertables.  This lets you execute arbitrary
7306		procmail scripts.  Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
7307	CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
7308	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent.  From
7309		Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
7310	CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
7311		This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
7312		MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
7313		From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
7314	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
7315		list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
7316		though they were local (essentially, assume that they
7317		are included in $=w).  This can cause additional DNS
7318		traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
7319		local model.  It does not work reliably if there are
7320		multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
7321		Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
7322	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
7323		SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
7324		to programs.  If an argument is included, it is used as
7325		the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
7326		assumed.
7327	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
7328		size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
7329		respectively.  Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
7330		Information Systems Agency.
7331	CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
7332		(just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
7333		properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
7334	CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
7335		any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
7336		so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
7337		the Berkeley defaults.  Also, create some generic files
7338		that really can be used in the real world.
7339	CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
7340		messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
7341		SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
7342	CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
7343		The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
7344	CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
7345		mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
7346		As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''.  Suggested
7347		by Scott Hutton.
7348	CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support.  Code contributed
7349		by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
7350	CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
7351		performance for large alias files, and this confused many
7352		people.
7353	CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
7354		configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
7355	CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
7356		would only work when locally addressed.  Fix from
7357		Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
7358	CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
7359		"n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
7360		Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
7361	CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
7362		``error:code message''.  The ``code'' is a status code
7363		derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
7364		Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
7365	CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
7366		sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
7367		These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
7368		through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
7369		replaced by the masquerade name.  These can also be specified
7370		in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
7371	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
7372		as well as the header.  Substantial improvements to this
7373		code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
7374	CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
7375		accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups.  Contributed
7376		by Kimmo Suominen.
7377	CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
7378		used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
7379		Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
7380	CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
7381		UUCP addressing.  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7382	NEW FILES:
7383		cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc
7384		cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
7385		cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc
7386		cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
7387		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
7388		cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
7389		cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
7390		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
7391		cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
7392		cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
7393		cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc
7394		cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
7395		cf/domain/generic.m4
7396		cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
7397		cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
7398		cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
7399		cf/feature/smrsh.m4
7400		cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
7401		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
7402		cf/m4/cfhead.m4
7403		cf/mailer/cyrus.m4
7404		cf/mailer/mail11.m4
7405		cf/mailer/phquery.m4
7406		cf/mailer/procmail.m4
7407		cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
7408		cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
7409		cf/ostype/hpux10.m4
7410		cf/ostype/irix5.m4
7411		cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4
7412		cf/ostype/ptx2.m4
7413		cf/ostype/unknown.m4
7414		contrib/bsdi.mc
7415		contrib/mailprio
7416		contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
7417		mail.local/mail.local.0
7418		makemap/makemap.0
7419		smrsh/README
7420		smrsh/smrsh.0
7421		smrsh/smrsh.8
7422		smrsh/smrsh.c
7423		src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
7424		src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
7425		src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
7426		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
7427		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
7428		src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
7429		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
7430		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
7431		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
7432		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
7433		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
7434		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
7435		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
7436		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
7437		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
7438		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
7439		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
7440		src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
7441		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
7442		src/aliases.0
7443		src/mailq.0
7444		src/mime.c
7445		src/newaliases.0
7446		src/sendmail.0
7447		test/t_seteuid.c
7448	RENAMED FILES:
7449		cf/cf/alpha.mc =>		cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
7450		cf/cf/chez.mc =>		cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
7451		cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
7452		cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
7453		cf/cf/s2k.mc =>			cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
7454		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
7455		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
7456		cf/cf/vangogh.mc =>		cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
7457		cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 =>	cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
7458		cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 =>	cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7459		cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 =>	cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7460		cf/domain/s2k.m4 =>		cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7461		cf/ostype/hpux.m4 =>		cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
7462		cf/ostype/irix.m4 =>		cf/ostype/irix4.m4
7463		cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 =>	cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
7464		src/Makefile.* =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
7465		src/Makefile.AUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
7466		src/Makefile.BSDI =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
7467		src/Makefile.DGUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
7468		src/Makefile.RISCos =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
7469		src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 =>	src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
7470	OBSOLETED FILES:
7471		cf/cf/cogsci.mc
7472		cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc
7473		cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc
7474		cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
7475		cf/cf/knecht.mc
7476		cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
7477		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
7478		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
7479		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
7480		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
7481		cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
7482		contrib/rcpt-streaming
7483		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
7484
74858.6.13/8.6.12	1996/01/25
7486	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
7487		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
7488		any user (except root).
7489	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
7490		version number is unchanged.
7491
74928.6.12/8.6.12	1995/03/28
7493	Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
7494		too small, so nothing was ever accepted).  Fix from several
7495		people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
7496		Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
7497		Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
7498		each other!).
7499	Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
7500		file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
7501		than fork().
7502
75038.6.11/8.6.11	1995/03/08
7504	The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
7505		than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
7506	The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
7507		message when attempted from IDENT.
7508	In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
7509		reporting the ``possible attack'' message.  This can
7510		cause denial of service attacks.  Truncate the message
7511		to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
7512	When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
7513		read from the network to ensure that you don't get
7514		partial lines.
7515	Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
7516		shell) wouldn't match as "ok".  Problem noted by
7517		Rob McMahon.
7518	When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
7519		_res.options field is initialized differently than it
7520		was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
7521		res_init before it tweaks any bits.
7522	Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
7523		and the stdio mode passed to fdopen.  This caused UnixWare
7524		2.0 to have conniptions.  Fix from Martin Sohnius of
7525		Novell Labs Europe.
7526	Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
7527		using GNU's ld command.  Fix from John Kennedy of
7528		Cal State Chico.
7529	It was possible to turn off privacy flags.  Problem noted by
7530		*Hobbit*.
7531	Be more paranoid about writing files.  Suggestions by *Hobbit*
7532		and Liudvikas Bukys.
7533	MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
7534		from Spider Boardman.
7535	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
7536		with the binaries).
7537
75388.6.10/8.6.10	1995/02/10
7539	SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
7540		could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
7541	Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
7542		Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
7543		bogus information.  Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
7544		of the Free Software Foundation.  Has some security
7545		implications.
7546	Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
7547		the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
7548		because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
7549		In some cases this could cause core dumps.
7550	Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
7551		message is quite long.  From Fletcher Mattox of the
7552		University of Texas.
7553	Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
7554		messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
7555		From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
7556		Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
7557	Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
7558		set and e->e_message was null.  Fix from Bruce Nagel of
7559		Data General.
7560	Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
7561		after "hop count exceeded" messages.  Fix from Andrew
7562		Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
7563	Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
7564		user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
7565		with a lot of arguments).
7566	Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
7567		is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
7568		Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
7569		Michigan.
7570	Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
7571		off.  Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
7572		Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
7573		Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
7574		Thibault.
7575	Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
7576		some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
7577		causing it to do unexpected things.  This also simplifies
7578		some of the map code.
7579	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
7580		with the binaries).
7581
75828.6.9/8.6.9	1994/04/19
7583	Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
7584		This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
7585		may have some security implications.
7586	Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
7587		since that fails on some systems.  Reported by Ed
7588		Hill of the University of Iowa.
7589	Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message).  Reported
7590		by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
7591	Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
7592		is trying to open is optional.  From Win Bent of USC.
7593	Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
7594	Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
7595		Colorado.  Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
7596		option.
7597	Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
7598		is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
7599		sendmail -bs from inetd.  Based on code contributed by
7600		Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
7601		of Dakota State University).  This also fixes a related
7602		problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
7603		Rochester.
7604	Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
7605		variant versions can use them easily.  Suggested by
7606		Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
7607	SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
7608		spaces between parameters instead of one.  Reported by
7609		Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
7610	Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
7611		using global timeouts around the collect() loop.  This
7612		code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
7613	If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
7614		without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
7615		and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
7616		the canonical name.  This should make life easier for
7617		Solaris systems.  If it still can't be resolved, and
7618		if the name server is listed as "required", try again
7619		in 30 seconds.  If that also fails, exit immediately to
7620		avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
7621		messages.
7622	Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
7623		message to explain how much space was available and
7624		sound a bit less threatening.  Suggested by Stan Janet
7625		of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
7626	If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
7627		requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
7628		Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
7629		This prevents a certain class of denial of service
7630		attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
7631		moves things more towards what will probably become a
7632		network standard.  Suggested by Christopher Davis of
7633		Kapor Enterprises.
7634	Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
7635		without recompiling.
7636	Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
7637		if there are errors during parsing.  This change is
7638		purely cosmetic.
7639	Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
7640		SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
7641		confused by this.  Of course, I think it's their bug....
7642	Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
7643		lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
7644		if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
7645		and drops core for debugging.  This is an attempt to
7646		track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
7647		If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
7648		sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
7649	Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
7650		with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line.  From Christophe
7651		Wolfhugel.
7652	Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
7653		SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
7654		the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
7655		This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
7656		refused" response, and that the connection can be
7657		recovered later.  In particular, some socket emulations
7658		seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
7659		size around and can never start listening to connections
7660		again.  The down side is that someone could start up
7661		another daemon process in the interim, so you could
7662		have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
7663		this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
7664		incorrect.  A better approach might be to accept the
7665		connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
7666		other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
7667		implications.
7668	Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
7669		set debugging on the wrong socket.  From Eric Wassenaar.
7670	When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
7671		existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
7672		and the like could result in extra data being sent.
7673	DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
7674		doc directory.  This includes some additional
7675		information.
7676	CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
7677		of recipient envelope addresses.  This should have been
7678		handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
7679		mixing domainized and UUCP addresses.  They should
7680		probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
7681		instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
7682		loop the mail, which was bad news.
7683	Portability fixes:
7684		Newer BSDI systems (several people).
7685		Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
7686		Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
7687		UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
7688		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
7689		Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
7690			Newcastle upon Tyne.
7691		IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
7692			Corporation.
7693		NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
7694		SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
7695			Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
7696		HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
7697	New Files:
7698		src/Makefile.CLIX
7699		src/Makefile.NCR3000
7700		doc/changes/Makefile
7701		doc/changes/changes.me
7702		doc/changes/changes.ps
7703
77048.6.8/8.6.6	1994/03/21
7705	SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
7706		E (error message) option.  Reported by Richard Jones;
7707		fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
7708
77098.6.7/8.6.6	1994/03/14
7710	SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
7711		values to the -d flag.  Thanks to Alain Durand of
7712		INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
7713		list.
7714
77158.6.6/8.6.6	1994/03/13
7716	SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
7717		systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
7718		of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
7719		Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
7720		valid shell.
7721	IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
7722		in the connection cache for a long time under some
7723		circumstances.  This could result in resource exhaustion,
7724		both at your end and at the other end.  This checks the
7725		connections for timeouts much more frequently.  From
7726		Doug Anderson of NCSC.
7727	Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
7728		the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
7729		from a local user to another local user.  From
7730		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7731	Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
7732		for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/".  From
7733		Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7734	Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
7735		instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
7736		tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
7737		SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
7738		for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
7739		syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
7740		and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
7741		statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
7742		<sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
7743	Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
7744		there was no "/locations/sendmail" property.  From
7745		David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
7746	Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
7747		to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
7748		BSD-like system.
7749	Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
7750		protocol entirely.
7751	Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
7752		mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
7753		7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
7754		that it supports 8BITMIME.  You still have to specify
7755		mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
7756	Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
7757	Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
7758		to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
7759		files.
7760	Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
7761		file if it was on a read-only file system.  From
7762		Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
7763	Improve MX randomization function.  From John Gardiner Myers
7764		of CMU.
7765	Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
7766		%s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
7767		when a bad queue file was read.  From Harry Edmon.
7768	Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail.  I'm not
7769		sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
7770		about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
7771		"localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
7772	Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
7773		headers.  This causes a leading space to be added onto
7774		continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
7775		tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
7776		etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths.  Problem
7777		Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
7778	Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
7779		security implications.  Suggested by several people.
7780	Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
7781		log the numeric address as zero.  This is a somewhat
7782		bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
7783		call, but it should be an inexpensive one.  Fix from
7784		Motonori Nakamura.
7785	Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
7786		were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
7787		to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
7788	Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
7789		per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
7790		descriptors.  This was in response to a problem reported
7791		by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
7792	Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
7793		this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
7794		is not lost.  From Eric Wassenaar.
7795	Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
7796		has a naked $ at the end.  Problem noted by James Matheson
7797		<jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
7798	Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
7799		action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
7800		501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
7801		avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
7802	Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
7803		lookup.  This prevents it from ending up with two dots
7804		on the end of dot terminated names.  From Wesley Craig
7805		of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7806	Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
7807		more informative.  It hadn't been using setclass, so you
7808		didn't see the class items being added.
7809	Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
7810		NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
7811		NIS is not running.  Fix from John Oleynick of
7812		Rutgers.
7813	Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
7814		but sets h_errno to a success value.
7815	Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
7816		enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
7817		address specified in the P option).  This fix should
7818		help problems that cause the df file to be left around
7819		sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
7820		the problem myself.
7821	Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
7822		only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
7823		and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
7824		Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
7825	Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
7826		SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
7827		after 25 bad commands are issued.  From Kyle Jones of
7828		UUNET.
7829	Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
7830		fmtmsg overflows the message buffer.  Fixed by trimming
7831		the to address to 203 characters.  Problem reported by
7832		John Oleynick.
7833	Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
7834		a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef.  Pointed out by
7835		George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
7836	Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
7837		lists to be incorrect in some places.  From Motonori
7838		Nakamura.
7839	Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
7840		envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
7841		name server failure.  Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
7842		University of Washington.
7843	Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
7844		don't have an ``=value'' part.
7845	CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
7846		re-queued the message.  Changed to just re-queue the
7847		message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
7848		of the weird way the name server works in the presence
7849		of CNAME loops).  Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
7850		of Cambridge University.
7851	Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
7852		if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
7853		user name.  Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
7854	Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
7855		override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
7856		turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
7857	If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
7858		try it without the trailing dot.  This is because if
7859		you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
7860		to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
7861		perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
7862		be dot terminated in the hosts file.  You don't want to
7863		strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
7864		that country names that match one of your subdomains get
7865		a chance.
7866	PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
7867		From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
7868	CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
7869		This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
7870		address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
7871		IP address), but the code was broken.  However, it will
7872		still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
7873		get client configurations to work (sigh).  Note that this
7874		means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
7875		database!  Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
7876	CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location.  From
7877		Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
7878	CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
7879	CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
7880		and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
7881		size for various mailers.
7882	CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
7883		instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
7884		with other mailers.  From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
7885	CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
7886		qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
7887		instead of user@$j.  From Bill Wisner of The Well.
7888	CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
7889	CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
7890		mailer for IRIX.  This was different than most every other
7891		system.
7892	CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
7893		envelope.  Noted by Thierry Besancon
7894		<besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
7895	CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
7896		don't want it set by default.  Pointed out by Philippe
7897		Michel of Thomson CSF.
7898	CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
7899		host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
7900		".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
7901		instead of "foo.bar".  Also, allow "." in the mailertable
7902		to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
7903		This also moves matching of explicit local host names
7904		before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
7905		cased in the mailertable data.  Reported by Bill
7906		Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
7907		problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
7908		University of Sydney.
7909	CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
7910		locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
7911		This is because of the known bug where definition of
7912		both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
7913		both and deliver into the local mailbox.
7914	CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
7915		are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
7916		reported as ineffective before.  This also frees up
7917		diversion 8 for future use.  Problem reported by Kimmo
7918		Suominen.
7919	CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
7920		into host names.  As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
7921		these are often used because either the forward or reverse
7922		mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
7923	DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide.  From Kimmo
7924		Suominen.
7925	Portability fixes:
7926		Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
7927		DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7928		GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
7929		Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
7930		NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
7931		BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
7932		Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
7933		DGUX from Doug Anderson.
7934		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
7935	NEW FILES:
7936		src/Makefile.DomainOS
7937		src/Makefile.PTX
7938		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
7939		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
7940		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
7941		src/mailq.1
7942		cf/ostype/domainos.m4
7943		doc/op/Makefile
7944		doc/intro/Makefile
7945		doc/usenix/Makefile
7946
79478.6.5/8.6.5	1994/01/13
7948	Security fix:  /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
7949		to allow root to own any file was backwards).  From
7950		Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
7951	Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
7952		were invoked.  This caused programs to have group
7953		permissions they should not have had (usually group
7954		daemon instead of their own group).  In particular,
7955		Perl scripts would refuse to run.
7956	Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
7957		symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
7958		Although this does not respond to a specific known
7959		attack, it's just a good idea.  Suggested by
7960		Christian Wettergren.
7961	Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
7962		a system with a restricted shell listed in their
7963		/etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
7964		program by putting that in their .forward file.
7965		This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
7966		appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
7967		execute a program or write a file.  You can disable
7968		this by putting "*" in /etc/shells.  It also won't
7969		permit world-writable :include: files to reference
7970		programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
7971		These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
7972		example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
7973		file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
7974		the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
7975	Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
7976		looking into subdirectories.  This would potentially
7977		allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
7978		readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
7979	Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
7980		connection to create problems on the current job.
7981		These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
7982		the wrong place.
7983	Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
7984		runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
7985		problem that ignored the load average in locally
7986		generated mail.  From Eric Wassenaar.
7987	Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS.  From
7988		John Orthoefer of BB&N.
7989	Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
7990		too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
7991		NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
7992	Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
7993		when sending error messages.  This resulted in
7994		"unexpected close" messages.  It should fix itself
7995		on the following queue run.  Problem noted by
7996		Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
7997	Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
7998		This seems odd, but it was documented....  From
7999		Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
8000	Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
8001		forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
8002		(actually DefUid).  From Tim Irvin.
8003	Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
8004		of the Chalmers University of Technology.
8005	Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
8006		code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
8007		even though there was a real problem.  Now it assumes
8008		EX_UNAVAILABLE.
8009	Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
8010		no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
8011		"." to be discarded.  Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
8012	Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
8013		to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
8014		a core dump.  From der Mouse at McGill University.
8015	Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
8016		this makes it easier to turn it off (using
8017		-DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile).  From der Mouse.
8018	Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
8019		gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
8020		to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
8021		SunOS.  If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
8022		transfers to slave servers.  Bug noted by Keith
8023		McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
8024	Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
8025		(> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
8026		to be trashed.  Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
8027		Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
8028	Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
8029		defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
8030		file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
8031		dot convention.
8032	Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
8033		of from a clean exit.
8034	If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
8035		"host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
8036		might still be found in /etc/hosts.
8037	Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
8038		as the subject of an error message, even though the
8039		actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
8040		Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
8041	Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking.  From Kyle
8042		Jones of UUNET.
8043	Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
8044		versions of syslog(3).  This adds a new compile time
8045		variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE.  From Jay Plett of Princeton
8046		University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
8047	Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
8048		it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
8049		says that they should be ignored.
8050	Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
8051		debugging).  This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
8052		(with the null input), and logs the result.  This
8053		should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
8054		is not reentrant.
8055	Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
8056		documented in the Bat Book.
8057	If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
8058		return an error message and did not requeue the message.
8059		Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
8060		Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
8061	Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
8062		code during some parts of connection initialization.
8063		I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
8064		the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
8065		any case.  From Amir Plivatsky.
8066	Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
8067		Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8068	Full-Name: field was being ignored.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura
8069		of Kyoto University.
8070	Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
8071		From P{r Emanuelsson.
8072	Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
8073		Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
8074	Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls.  Suggested by
8075		Bryan Costales.
8076	Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
8077		needed for parsing.  Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
8078	Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
8079		(e.g., if all RCPTs failed).  Suggested by Motonori
8080		Nakamura.
8081	Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
8082		address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
8083		illegal addresses appearing there).
8084	Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
8085		BB&N.
8086	Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
8087		included.
8088	Remember to set $i during queue runs.  Reported by Stephen
8089		Campbell of Dartmouth University.
8090	If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
8091		canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
8092		translations so that headers are properly mapped.  Reported
8093		by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
8094	Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
8095		using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
8096	Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
8097		by the other end closing the connection.  From
8098		Dave Morrison of Oracle.
8099	Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
8100		to include a host name or other useful information.
8101	Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems.  From Vince
8102		DeMarco.
8103	Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
8104		NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
8105		forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
8106		the message for retry.  Noted by William C Fenner of
8107		the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
8108	Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
8109		had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
8110	Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
8111		them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
8112		this properly).
8113	Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
8114		``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
8115		null macro.  Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
8116	Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
8117		not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
8118		to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
8119		it was not.  The effect of the problem was to make it
8120		very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
8121		local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
8122		corporate hub.  Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
8123		University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
8124	Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
8125		addresses.  This is more efficient (fewer name server
8126		calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
8127		as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
8128		non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
8129		something else.  Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
8130		of the Institute for Global Communications.
8131	Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
8132		new arguments.  For example, if you used ``sendmail
8133		-C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
8134		the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
8135	Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
8136		mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
8137	Portability fixes for:
8138		SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
8139		SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
8140		System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
8141		OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
8142		DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
8143			of Stoner Associates.
8144		Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
8145		Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
8146			of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
8147			of Maryland.
8148		FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
8149		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
8150		TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
8151		Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
8152		Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
8153		RISC/os.
8154		Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
8155			at Chico.
8156		Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
8157		NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
8158		HP-UX from various people.  NOTA BENE:  the location
8159			of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
8160			to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
8161	CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
8162		since this is intended only for internal use, the
8163		usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed.  The
8164		main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
8165		addresses when relaying internally.
8166	CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
8167		syntax addresses delivered via UUCP.  Solution
8168		provided by Peter Wemm.
8169	CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
8170		zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses.  From
8171		Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
8172	CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
8173		from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
8174	CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
8175		this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
8176		that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
8177		names.
8178	CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
8179		rather than letting them get "local configuration
8180		error"s.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
8181	CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
8182		by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
8183		has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax.  This
8184		also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
8185		"uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
8186	CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
8187		<kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
8188	CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
8189	CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
8190		``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
8191		was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
8192		added to the address.  Problem noted by Peter Wan
8193		of Georgia Tech.
8194	CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w.  From
8195		Jim Murray of Stratus.
8196	CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
8197		mailer flag.  Briefly, if you are sending to host
8198		"foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
8199		"foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
8200		the local name prepended.
8201	CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
8202	DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
8203	MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
8204		which lack newline.  From Mark Delany.
8205	MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
8206		in and out of the system).  From Tom Ferrin of UC
8207		San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
8208	SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
8209		On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
8210			/usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
8211		Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
8212			:include: files and accounts that have shells
8213			that are not listed in /etc/shells.  This may
8214			cause some .forward files that have worked
8215			before to start failing.
8216		SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
8217	NEW FILES:
8218		src/Makefile.DGUX
8219		src/Makefile.Dynix
8220		src/Makefile.FreeBSD
8221		src/Makefile.Mach386
8222		src/Makefile.NetBSD
8223		src/Makefile.RISCos
8224		src/Makefile.SCO
8225		src/Makefile.SVR4
8226		src/Makefile.Titan
8227		cf/mailer/pop.m4
8228		cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
8229		cf/ostype/dgux.m4
8230		cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
8231		cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4
8232		makemap/Makefile.dist
8233		praliases/Makefile.dist
8234
82358.6.4/8.6.4	1993/10/31
8236	Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
8237		if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
8238		savemail.  Problem reported by Richard Liu.
8239	Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP.  This
8240		makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
8241		class of attack.
8242	Reliability Fix:  check return value from fclose() and fsync()
8243		in a few critical places.
8244	Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
8245		redirecting the output channel on queue runs.  It's
8246		not clear this code even does anything.  From Eric
8247		Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
8248		and High-Energy Physics.
8249	Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
8250		such as double-reading the Errors-To: header.  From
8251		Eric Wassenaar.
8252	Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
8253		data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
8254		fix causes them to be properly reported.  From Eric
8255		Wassenaar.
8256	Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
8257		really become relevant in the next release, but some
8258		people need it for local patches.  From Michael
8259		Corrigan of UC San Diego.
8260	Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
8261		for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
8262		these can have different values depending on which
8263		envelope they are in.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8264	Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
8265		what uid/gid processes ran as.
8266	Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
8267		the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
8268		this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
8269		postmaster" case.
8270	Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
8271	Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
8272		file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
8273	CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
8274		addresses (so that it matches local again).  From
8275		Christopher Davis.
8276	CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
8277		this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
8278		``From   Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''.  From Motonori
8279		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
8280	CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly.  This isn't legal, but
8281		it shouldn't fail miserably.  From Motonori Nakamura.
8282
82838.6.2/8.6.2	1993/10/15
8284	Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
8285		addresses that get return-receipts.
8286	Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
8287		messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
8288		and end up sending the message several times.
8289	Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
8290		message.  Currently, it just says "cannot send for
8291		four hours".
8292	Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
8293		returntosender messages.  It was previously listed as
8294		the current time.  Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
8295		Cornell University Medical College.
8296	If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
8297		don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
8298		in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
8299		hang up under some bizarre circumstances.  From Eric
8300		Wassenaar.
8301	Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
8302		connections fail during message collection.  From
8303		Eric Wassenaar.
8304	Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
8305		name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
8306		the DATA command.  Problem reported by Jim Murray of
8307		Stratus.
8308	Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
8309		incorrectly resolves to a null hostname.  Reported by
8310		Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8311	Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
8312		by non-root users were not put into
8313		X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
8314		config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet.  Fix
8315		from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
8316	Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
8317		could get confused as to whether a database was
8318		open or not.
8319	Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
8320		intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
8321		configuration syntax.  (This is a "new feature",
8322		but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
8323		that this is a highly exceptional case.)
8324	Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
8325		SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
8326		(from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
8327	CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
8328
83298.6.1/8.6	1993/10/08
8330	Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
8331	Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
8332		causing an error during parsing, that message was never
8333		propagated to the queue file.
8334
83358.6/8.6		1993/10/05
8336	Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
8337		conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
8338	If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
8339		getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
8340		large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
8341		header files but don't have the syscall.
8342	Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
8343		if trymx == FALSE.
8344	Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
8345		delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
8346		in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
8347		line).  Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
8348	Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
8349		is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8350	Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
8351		Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
8352		(from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
8353		NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
8354		Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
8355		Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
8356		Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
8357	Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs.  From Takahiro
8358		Kanbe.
8359	Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
8360		name already exists.  Problem stumbled over by Bill
8361		Wisner of The Well.
8362	Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
8363		Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
8364	Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
8365		:include: files.  This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
8366		slightly more.  This includes proper setting of groups
8367		when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
8368		files that you should be able to read but have previously
8369		been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
8370		read permission.
8371	Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
8372		if the user is forced to override some silly system,
8373		MX suppression will still work.
8374	Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
8375		calling expensive routines.  In at least one case, it
8376		wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
8377		same result.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8378	Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
8379		condition from a non-SMTP mailer.  From Motonori
8380		Nakamura.
8381	Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
8382		"CX $Z" works.
8383	Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
8384		trying to send the original message if the connection
8385		is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
8386		on an RCPT command (pretty obscure).  Problem reported
8387		by John Myers of CMU.
8388	Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
8389		term bug.
8390	Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
8391		cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
8392		it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
8393		only on some architectures.  Although sendmail would
8394		keep trying, it would send error messages on each
8395		queue interval.  This is an important fix.
8396	Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
8397	Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
8398		ruleset testing a bit easier.
8399	Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
8400		line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
8401		level.
8402	Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
8403		the command line.  This is only done if there is exactly
8404		one recipient.  Technically, this does not meet the
8405		specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
8406		address.
8407	Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
8408		you used the -t flag.  Problem noted by Josh Smith of
8409		Harvey Mudd College.
8410	Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
8411		``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''.  This is to
8412		avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
8413		their full name information.
8414	Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
8415		an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
8416		defined in the config file H lines.  From J.R. Oldroyd.
8417	Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
8418		wrong when compiling.  Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
8419	Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
8420		df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
8421		give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
8422		Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8423	Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
8424		protocol timeouts (30s default).  Requested by Murray
8425		Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
8426		PC TCP/IP implementations.
8427	Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
8428		the domain name on config level 5.  The $j macro defaults
8429		to the FQDN; $m remains as before.  This lets well-behaved
8430		config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
8431		names.
8432	Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
8433		builds.  I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
8434		helpful.
8435	Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
8436		get a queue file for an already completed job.  This
8437		problem has existed for years.  Problem noted by the
8438		long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8439	Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
8440		udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
8441		it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
8442	Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
8443		that claims to be itself works properly.
8444	Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
8445		buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
8446		it right.  Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
8447		recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
8448	Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
8449		resolve /file/name style addresses.  Fix from Jonathan
8450		Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
8451	Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
8452		be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
8453		queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
8454		would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
8455		scratch.
8456	Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
8457		true address to still send to the original address
8458		if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
8459		ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
8460		Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
8461	Remove support for frozen configuration files.  They caused
8462		more trouble than it was worth.
8463	Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
8464		using both -odb and -t flags.  Problem noted by Rob
8465		McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
8466	Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w.  For example,
8467		if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
8468		contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
8469	Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
8470		the queue.
8471	Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
8472		messages don't come out with stale information.
8473	Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
8474		will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
8475	Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
8476		for MAXIPADDR in conf.h.  Suggested by John Gardiner
8477		Myers of CMU.
8478	Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
8479		an SMTP RSET command.  Problem and fix from Michael
8480		Corrigan.
8481	Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
8482		negative.  Error reports still go to the envelope
8483		sender address.
8484	Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
8485	Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
8486	Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
8487		set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
8488		run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
8489		(although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
8490		so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
8491		that does bulk data transfer).
8492	Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups.  Problem reported by
8493		Amir Plivatsky.
8494	Diagnose crufty S and V config lines.  This resulted from an
8495		observation that some people were using the SITE macro
8496		without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
8497		bogus config files that were not caught.
8498	Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
8499		on instead).  THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
8500	Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
8501		you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
8502		locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
8503	Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
8504		:include:s don't use the wrong uid.
8505	If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
8506		called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
8507		This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
8508		alias file.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
8509	Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
8510		if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
8511	Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
8512		opened or if running with no database format defined.
8513	Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
8514		is set.  Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
8515	Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
8516		mailers) to be ignored in SMTP.  Problem noted and the
8517		solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
8518		Melbourne.
8519	Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
8520		hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
8521		returns the real name.  This allows mailertable entries
8522		to match regular entries.
8523	Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
8524		feature, even if it doesn't work right.
8525	Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
8526		This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
8527	Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
8528		for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
8529		Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
8530	Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
8531		error message so that the "subject" line of return
8532		messages is the best possible.
8533	CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
8534		parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
8535		define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
8536	CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
8537		connections (domain-ized UUCP).
8538	CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
8539		name).  Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8540	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
8541		DNS.  This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
8542	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
8543	CONFIG: log $u in Received: line.  This is in technical violation
8544		of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
8545		on the address.
8546	CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
8547		if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
8548		the "m" flag should you want it.  Apparently some Solaris 2.2
8549		installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
8550		Problem noted by Josh Smith.
8551	CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
8552	CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
8553	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
8554		forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
8555		addresses in any detail.
8556	CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
8557		used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
8558	CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
8559		with an address such as "!foo".
8560	CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
8561		the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken.  There's a better
8562		way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
8563		want to hold it for another release.  Problem noted by
8564		Bret Marquis.
8565
85668.5/8.5		1993/07/23
8567	Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
8568		sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
8569		everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
8570		would do the return itself).  Problem noted by Josh Smith.
8571	Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
8572		even during a T_ANY query.  This actually didn't break
8573		anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
8574		with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
8575		records, but it is somewhat cleaner.  From Motonori
8576		Nakamura.
8577	Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
8578		are no DNS records matching the name.
8579	Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
8580		original message was received ... from localhost".
8581		The correct original host information is now included.
8582	Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
8583		version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag).  Change it
8584		to use -f instead.  From John Myers.
8585	CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
8586		esmtp -- it should be smtp.
8587	CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
8588		to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
8589		else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
8590		this cleans up the configs somewhat.  This fixes a serious
8591		problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
8592		pointed out by John Myers.  WARNING: this also causes
8593		the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
8594		"relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
8595
85968.4/8.4		1993/07/22
8597	Add option `w'.  If you receive a message that comes to you because
8598		you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
8599		you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
8600		your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
8601		host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all).  If
8602		`w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
8603		Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
8604		"message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
8605		are really configuration errors.  This option is
8606		disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
8607		UIUC sendmail.
8608	Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
8609		when sendmail forks after the DATA command.  This caused
8610		calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
8611		entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
8612		potentially prodigious amount of time.  Problem noted
8613		by Neil Rickert.
8614	Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
8615		addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
8616		suppress the sending of the message.  This changes
8617		handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
8618		EF_GLOBALERRS flag.  This also fixes a potential problem
8619		with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
8620		in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
8621		in processing.  Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
8622		of Harvey Mudd College.  This release includes quite a bit
8623		of dickering with error handling (see below).
8624	Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error.  This
8625		will only hurt already-broken software and should help
8626		humans.
8627	Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
8628		compiled in.  It would never read the alias file.
8629	Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
8630		repaired).
8631	Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
8632		log this even when the queue file still existed.  Change
8633		this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
8634		queue file is actually removed.  From John Myers.
8635	Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
8636		is no pending transaction.  Some senders just close the
8637		connection rather than sending QUIT.
8638	Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
8639		domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
8640		the subsequent host name lookup to fail.  The problem
8641		only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
8642		Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
8643	Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
8644		unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
8645		core dumps on some machines.
8646	Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
8647		Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
8648		then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
8649		(confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
8650		returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
8651		whether you were running VERBose mode.  Now it usually
8652		diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
8653		Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
8654		some true error conditions.
8655	Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
8656		These are not reported only to Postmaster.  Unbalanced
8657		parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
8658		They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
8659	Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
8660		failed and the alias they arose from.  This makes it
8661		somewhat easier to diagnose problems.  Difficulty noted
8662		by Motonori Nakamura.
8663	Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
8664		that shouldn't have had one during a queue run.  This
8665		caused error messages to be handled differently during
8666		a queue run than a direct run.
8667	Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
8668		the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
8669		just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
8670	Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
8671		auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
8672		Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
8673		daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
8674		restart it.
8675	Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
8676		IDENT daemon to screw up.  This required that I change
8677		HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
8678		changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
8679		to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
8680		as well as the effective.  The program test/t_setreuid.c
8681		will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
8682		is appropriately functional.
8683	The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
8684		fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
8685		but it wasn't being enabled.  Problem noted by Murray
8686		Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
8687	Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
8688		code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
8689		with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
8690		confusing.  Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
8691		Technologies.
8692	Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
8693		process group id.  The original fix was to get around
8694		some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
8695		any call from a shell that creates a process group id
8696		different from the process id.  I could try to fix
8697		this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
8698		equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
8699		things.
8700	Portability changes:
8701		Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
8702			DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
8703			instead of using standard flags.  Oh joy.  This
8704			behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
8705			of Colorado.
8706		SGI IRIX  -- this includes several changes that should
8707			help other strict ANSI compilers.
8708		SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
8709			Corporation.
8710		Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
8711			documentation apparently doesn't define
8712			__STDC__ by default).
8713		ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
8714		Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
8715			Motonori Nakamura.
8716	CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
8717	CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
8718		several people have made a good argument that this
8719		creates more problems than it solves (although this
8720		may prove painful in the short run).
8721	CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
8722		format.
8723	CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
8724		98 (8 on old sendmail).  Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
8725		addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
8726	CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
8727		internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
8728		ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
8729		the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
8730		These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
8731	CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
8732		ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
8733		ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_').  Problem found by Rein Tollevik
8734		of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
8735	CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
8736		early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
8737		things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
8738		Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
8739	CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
8740		esmtp) to send SMTP mail.  This allows you to default
8741		to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
8742		deal with broken servers.  This logic was pointed out
8743		to me by Bill Wisner.  Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
8744	Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
8745		environments.  Ugly as sin.
8746
87478.3/8.3		1993/07/13
8748	Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
8749		like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
8750		or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied".  This
8751		involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
8752		the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
8753		that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
8754		some systems badly.  This includes some fixes for
8755		HP-UX.  Also fixes problems where the real uid is
8756		not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
8757	Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
8758		addresses that timed out.  Error messages are also more
8759		"user friendly".
8760	Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
8761		16 bytes/sec.
8762	Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
8763		compatibility library.  This also adds a new
8764		"HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
8765		you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
8766		These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
8767		University of Oregon.  This now seems to work, at least
8768		for quick test cases.
8769	Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
8770		sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
8771		and at least one of those addresses is good and points
8772		to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
8773	Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
8774		returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
8775		the "to" address).  Problem noted by John Myers.
8776	Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
8777		on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case.  This
8778		isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
8779		From Michael Corrigan.
8780	CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
8781		messages sent through UUCP-family mailers.  Suggested
8782		by Bill Wisner of The Well.
8783	CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
8784		include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
8785		addressing.  Suggested by Bill Wisner.
8786	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
8787		LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS.  Suggested by
8788		Christophe Wolfhugel.
8789	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3).  From Christophe Wolfhugel.
8790
87918.2/8.2		1993/07/11
8792	Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
8793	On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
8794		header) for back compatibility.  NOTE:  this DOES NOT
8795		imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
8796	Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1.  Why, why, why???
8797	Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
8798		SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
8799		logging it in the transcript can be confusing.  Fix
8800		from Bill Wisner.
8801	IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
8802		<drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
8803	Solaris 2 compatibility changes.  Provided by Bob Cunningham
8804		<bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
8805		<juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
8806	Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
8807		move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
8808		match the other flags in that file.
8809	Flush transcript before fork in mailfile().  From Eric Wassenaar.
8810	Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
8811		Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
8812	Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
8813		failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
8814		reference in very weird cases.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8815	Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
8816		forks.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8817	Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
8818		Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
8819		re-using old value).  From Motonori Nakamura.
8820	Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
8821		was specified, it would still replace the key with the
8822		value.  Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
8823	If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
8824		message would ever be sent back.  The timeout code
8825		has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
8826		so that all such failures should be diagnosed.  Pointed
8827		out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
8828	Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
8829		forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
8830		user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
8831		when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
8832		have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
8833		the root and directories leading up to your home);
8834		include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
8835		be owned by you.
8836	If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
8837		reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
8838		on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
8839		the user's home directory isn't x'able.
8840	Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
8841	Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
8842	Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
8843		get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second.  Note that
8844		this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
8845		is separate; this is just intended to work around
8846		network clogs that will occur before the final dot
8847		is sent.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8848	Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
8849		it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
8850		matching without a null it never tries again with a
8851		null and vice versa.  If -N is specified, it never
8852		tries without the null and creates new maps with a
8853		null byte.  If -O is specified, it never tries with
8854		the null (for efficiency).  If -N and -O are specified,
8855		you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
8856		be a bad idea.  If you don't specify either -N or -O,
8857		it adapts.
8858	Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
8859		will insert the appropriate full name information;
8860		this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
8861		way.
8862	Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
8863		log.  For example, if you lost a connection, don't
8864		bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
8865	Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
8866		why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
8867		one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
8868		only happen when there has been another error in the
8869		same transaction.  This requires XDEBUG, defined
8870		by default in conf.h.
8871	Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
8872		all SMTP transactions.  This is intended ONLY for
8873		debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
8874		it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
8875		and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
8876		This output is not intended to be particularly human
8877		readable.  This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
8878		flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
8879	CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer.  If you
8880		have a local net that should get direct connects, you
8881		will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
8882		See cf/README for an example.
8883	CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
8884		sites that don't use the -d flag.
8885	CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
8886		behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
8887		has been requested by several people, but can break
8888		local aliases.  For example, if you mail to "localalias"
8889		this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
8890		although initial delivery will work, replies will be
8891		broken.  Use it sparingly.
8892	CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable).  This maps unqualified domains
8893		to qualified domains in headers.  I believe this is
8894		largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
8895	CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k.  This permits you
8896		to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
8897		in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names.  From
8898		Bill Wisner of The Well.
8899	CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
8900		first.  This is currently unused in the config files,
8901		but could be used in a mailertable entry.
8902
89038.1C/8.1B	1993/06/27
8904	Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
8905		the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
8906	If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
8907		immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
8908		This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
8909	CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
8910
89118.1B/8.1A	1993/06/12
8912	Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
8913		two tokens in classes instead of one.  Found by Claus
8914		Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
8915
89168.1A/8.1A	1993/06/08
8917	Another mailertable fix....
8918
89198.1/8.1		1993/06/07
8920	4.4BSD freeze.  No semantic changes.
8921